ML101520258

Initial Exam 2010-301 Final Sim/In - Plant JPMs

ML101520258
Person / Time
Site:	Oconee
Issue date:	05/04/2010
From:	NRC/RGN-II
To:	Duke Energy Carolinas
References
50-269/10-301, 50-270/10-301, 50-287/10-301
Download: ML101520258 (288)

Text

CRO-108 CRO-108 fnlfnl Page Page 11 of of 19 19 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CR0-I 08 CRO-108 Perform Reactor Manual Trip Test CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-108 CRO-108 fnl fnl Page Page 22 of of 19 19 REGION II REGION" INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task:

Task:

Perform Reactor Manual Perform Reactor Manual Trip Trip Test Test Alternate Path:

Alternate Path:

No No Facility JPM #:

New KIA Rating(s):

System: 014 K/A:

KIA: A4.01 Rating: 3.3/3.1 Task Standard:

Perform Reactor Manual Trip Test without causing a plant transient.

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _X_X In-Plant _ _ Perform X X Simulate

References:

PT/1IA/0305/00i PT/1/A/0305/001 (Reactor Manual Manual Trip Test)

OP/i/Ni 105/019 (Control Rod Drive OP/1/A/1105/019 Drive System)

System)

Validation Validation Time:

Time: 20 20 minutes minutes Time Critical:

Time NO Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate:

Candidate: Time Start:

Time Start: _ _ __

NAME NAME Time Finish:

Time Finish: - - - -

Performance Performance Rating:

Rating: SAT SAT ___ UNSAT UNSAT _ __ Performance Time:

Performance Time: _ _ __

Examiner:

Examiner: ________________________

---

~/------ /

NAME NAME SIGNATURE SIGNATURE DATE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS COMMENTS

CR0-I 08 fnl eRO-108 Page 3 of 19 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Recall Snap 205 RCS Boron on board to 2313

2. Update ReS Goto

3. Go to RUN

eRO-108 CR0-i 08 fnl Page Page 4 of 19 19 ToolslEguipmentlProcedures Needed:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures PT/11A103051001 (Reactor Manual PT/1/A/0305/001 Manual Trip Test)

OP/i IA/i 105/019 OP/1/A/11 05/019 (Control Drive System)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit Startup in progress OP/i /A/i 102/001 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Startup) Ene!.

OP/1/A/1102/001 End. 4.7 (Unit Startup From 532°F/2i55 psig To MODE 1) complete up to step 2.13 532°F/2155 OP/i/A/1105/019 (Control Rod Drive System) is in progress and the Initial Conditions are OP/1/A/1105/019 complete.

RCS Boron Concentration =2313 ppmb

=

INITIATING CUES:

The CR SRO directs you to perform PT/1/A/0305/001 (Reactor Manual Trip Test) beginning at Step 12.1.2.

CR0-i 08 fnl CRO-108 fnl Page 55 of Page of 19 19 START TIME:

START TIME: _ __

STEP 1:

STEP 1: Step 12.1.2 Step 12.1.2 Test Test Reactor Reactor Manual Manual trip trip pushbutton pushbutton as as follows:

follows:

RCS at:::::

A. Verify RCS at 532°F.

532° F.

STANDARD: Determine that RCS is:::::

Determine is 532°F by observing RCS RCS temperature on the - SAT control board or the OAC.

considered 532°F.

CUE: RCS temp of 536°F is considered::::

COMMENTS:

- UNSAT STEP 2: Step 12.1.2B Verify shutdown margin calculation for Group 1 1 at 50% withdrawn indicates> 1 1% LKIK shutdown margin. (R.

% LlKlK (R.M.)

M.)

- SAT STANDARD: Verify shutdown margin calculation for Group 1 1 at 50% withdrawn indicates> 1 1% tKIK shutdown margin by comparing to the attached

% LlKlK SDM calculation.

Using the Grp 11 @ 50% curve and RCS temperature at 536°F determine that RCS Boron is required to be greater than than::::: 1450 1450 ppmB. Actual Boron is 2313 per Initial Conditions.>

Conditions. > 1%1% AK/K LlKlK shutdown margin is met. -

UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-108 CRO-108 fnl fnl Page of 19 Page 66 of 19 STEP 3:

STEP 3: 12.1.20 Step 12.1.2C Step CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Perform Latch Perform Latch and and PI P1 alignment alignment of of Group Group 1, 1, as as follows:

follows: (R.M.)

(R.M.)

1.

1. *Ensure GROUP

• Ensure SELECT SWITCH GROUP SELECT SWITCH to to 1.1.

2.

2. Ensure SINGLE Ensure SINGLE SELECT SELECT SWITCH SWITCH to to ALL.

ALL. SAT SAT 3.

3. Ensure Group Ensure Group 11 CONTROL CONTROL ON ON lights lights are are ON.

ON. (PI (P1 panel) panel) 4.

4. Select LATCH Select LATCH AUTO.

AUTO.

5.

5. WHEN Auto WHEN Auto Latch Latch isis complete:

complete:

• • Verify Verify LATCH LATCH AUTOAUTO isis OFF.

OFF.

• • Verify Verify Group Group 11 0% lights are 0% lights are ON.

ON. (PI (P1 Panel)

Panel)

• • Verify Verify Group Group 11 API/RPI API/RPI indications indications agree.

agree. (PI (P1 Panel)

Panel)

Critical step

• Critical step UNSAT UNSAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Move GROUP Move GROUP SELECT SELECT SWITCH SWITCH to to CR Group 1.

CR Group 1.

Ensure SINGLE SELECT Ensure SINGLE SWITCH to ALL by SELECT SWITCH by observing on on the diamond panel.

panel.

Ensure Group 11 CONTROL ON lights are ON located on the PI Ensure P1 panel.

Depress the LATCH AUTO pushbutton.

WHEN Auto Latch is complete:

• Verify LATCH AUTO is OFF.

• Verify Group 11 0% lights are ON. (PI (P1 Panel)

• Verify Group 1 1 API/RPI indications agree. (PI (P1 Panel)

COMMENTS:

CR0-i CRO-10808 fnl Page 77 of 19 19 STEP 4: 12.1.20 Step i2.1.2D SRO present to provide SRO oversight during all Manual CRD pulls.

SAT STANDARD: Candidate should state that an SRO must be present during all Manual CRD pulls.

Cue: State that an SRO is providing oversight.

COMMENTS: - UNSAT STEP 5: Step 12.1.2E Monitor Source Range Ni's NIs during CRD operation. (R.M.)

- SAT STANDARD: Monitor Source Range Ni's NIs on NIs during CRD operation by observing Nls the control board or on the OAC.

COMMENTS: - UNSAT

CRO-108 fnl Page Page 8 of 19 19 STEP 6:

STEP 6: Step 12.1.2F Step 12.1.2F CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Begin Group 11 withdrawal to Begin to 10%.

10%. (R.M.)

(R.M.)

- SAT STANDARD: Use Joy Stick" Use the "Joy Stick on the Diamond to withdraw Group 1. 1. Observe Group 11 indication on the PI P1 panel or OAC.

While withdrawing Group 11 monitor Nls NIs on control board of OAC.

COMMENTS: UNSAT STEP 7: Step 12.1.2G Ensure Group 11 at 10%. (R.M.)

- SAT STANDARD: Ensure Group 1 1 at 10% by observing indication on the PIP1 panel or the QAC.

OAC.

Group 1 1 should not be withdrawn greater that 50% withdrawn to ensure adequate shutdown margin exists.

UNSAT COMMENTS:

CR0-i 08 fnl CRO-108 Page 9 of 19 I NOTE: Placing Turbine Bypass Valves to hand could result in potential change in RCS temperature. (R.M.) .

- SAT STEP 8: Step 12.1.2H i2.1.2H Ensure dedicated Operator is assigned to maintain RCS temperature.

(R.M.)

STANDARD: Candidate should indicate that Operator is assigned to maintain RCS

- UNSAT temperature.

Cue: State that a dedicated RO has been assigned to maintain RCS temperture.

COMMENTS:

CRO-108 fnl Page 10 of 19 19 CRITICAL STEP STEP 9:

STEP 12.1.21 Step 12.1.21 Position TBV control stations as follows: (R.M.)

Position

• • 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to "HAND" 1A HAND

• • 1 B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to "HAND" 1B HAND -

SAT II NOTE: Step may be performed at any time in any sequence to maintain RCS I temperature stable while TBVs in Hand. I

• • IF required, manually adjust Turbine Bypass Valves to maintain RCS temperature stable. (R.M.)

- UNSAT UN SAT STANDARD: Place 1A and 1lBB TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to "HAND"HAND by depressing the HAND pushbutton on the TBV Bailey stations. Verify that the HAND light illuminates.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: Step 12.1.2J NOT INITIATE" Verify Computer Point indicates "NOT INITIATE

• • 01S2432 REACTOR MANUAL TRIP

- SAT STANDARD: Call up computer point 01S2432 01 S2432 on the OAC and verify it indicates NOT "NOT INITIATE.

INITIATE".

COMMENTS:

- UNSAT U N SAT

CRO-108 fnl Page 11 of 19 ofl9 II NOTE: When Reactor is tripped, ICS will transfer any FDW control stations in "HAND" HAND to I II "AUTO".

AUTO. It is OK to leave FDW control stations in "AUTO". AUTO. CRITICAL STEP STEP 11: Step 12.1.2K SAT Depress and Hold REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

STANDARD: Depress and Hold REACTOR TRIP pushbutton located on the UB1.

NOTE: ICS FEEDWATER MASTERS WILL NOT AND SHOULD NOT TRANSFER TO AUTO UNSAT COMMENTS:

~ 6MV

&~ Oij P ~

OJ p06T COWf 4 C\d4\tiM y%M COMn1er1T, cci{ (Ill ( II')in ~rf't\(),\ ~Ol\ r~ W45 d~~qllned- f-Wi &W1Cj depr~~s tk ke ~\~P sbeJ1cky ~h bJ}iW' W~

WRs ~ 44o C;, t, ~fYl GlernM CchcFI L8neik of O+ #t'\$. ~lq>.

Sk4. rf M. qpp(lCCtv'\t R0\Q11~ ~ ~ 1 ~ f(~1'- ~ cJt ~rcJM

{o P/OCtk tttJw. a a Cl>>1l11evti WCl~ ~

D r P(pCLf Dr" r.oJ, t1bjc '-I 1\

ft i

3 ii.i.

VlJ11, \It...f.

'"'1 Pr.ftPf I ' UYl-1 \ v -

N:> eJ,

-.l'" Q STEP 12: Step 12.1.2L Verify the following:

• All Group 11 rods inserted into core.

• All CRD Breakers open. SAT STANDARD: While REACTOR TRIP pushbutton is depressed verify that Group 1 1 rods insert into the core by observing the PI P1 panel or the OAC.

Verify All CRD Breakers open are open by observing Statalarms 1 1 SA-SA 1/E-2, 3, 4, 5 (CRD TRIP BKR TRIP) actuated.

UNSAT UN SAT COMMENTS:

CRO-108 CRO-108 fnl fnl Page12of19 Page 12 of 19 STEP 13:

STEP 13: Step 12.1.2M Step 12.1.2M Verify Computer Verify Computer Point Point indicates IITIATED indicates "INITIATED"

• • 01S2432 REACTOR 01S2432 REACTOR MANUALMANUAL TRIPTRIP SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Call up Call computer point up computer point 01 01 S2432 S2432 on the OAC on the OAC and and verify verify itit indicates indicates INITIATED.

"INITIATED".

Note: The Note: two OAC The two OAC screens screens above above the the ICS ICS stations will revert stations will revert to the PIT to the PIT display display on on the reactor trip. The candidate may ask the reactor trip. The candidate may ask the SRO the SRO for guidance or for guidance or another another RO RO to to put put up the up the point point on on anan OAC screen.

OAC screen.

- UNSAT UNSAT Cue: If Cue: if asked asked by by the the RO for guidance RO for guidance suggest suggest another another RORO put put the the point point up up on on an an OAC screen.

OAC screen.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14:14: Step 12.1.2N CRITICAL STEP Release REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

STANDARD: Release the REACTOR TRIP pushbutton located on the UB1. -

SAT COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

UNSAT UN SAT

CRO-108 CRO-108 fnl fnl Page 13 Page 13 of of 19 19 CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP STEP 15:

STEP 15: Step 12.1.20 Step 12.1.20 Reset CRD Reset Breakers per CRD Breakers per OP/1/A/1105/019 (Control Rod OP/i/Ni 105/019 (Control Rod Drive Drive System).

System).

STANDARD:

STANDARD: Perform OP/1/A/11 Perform OP/i/Ni 105/019 (Control Rod 05/019 (Control Rod Drive Drive System)

System) Enclosure Enclosure 4.1 4.1 - SAT SAT (Resetting CRD (Resetting CRD Breakers)

Breakers) beginning beginning at at step step 2.1.

2.1. COMMENTS

COMMENTS:

- UNSAT UN SAT STEP 16: OP/i/Ni 105/019 (Control Rod Drive System)

Step 2.1 of OP/1/A/1105/019 Reset CRD System as follows:

2.1.1 Ensure TBV control stations in manual: - SAT

• • 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to "HAND" HAND..

• • lB TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to "HAND" 1B HAND..

STANDARD: Ensure TBV control stations in manual by depressing the HAND button on the TBV controllers and observing the HAND light LIT for 1A and 1 lBB TURBINE BYPASS VALVES. - UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-108 fnl CR0-i 08 ml Page 14 of 19 CRITICAL STEP STEP 17: Step 2.1.2 Select and hold for> 3 3 seconds TRIP RESET.

STANDARD: Depress the TRIP RESET pushbutton and hold for> 3 seconds - SAT COMMENTS:

- UNSAT STEP 18: Step 2.1.3 Select FAULT RESET.

STANDARD: Depress the FAULT RESET pushbutton. - SAT COMMENTS:

- UNSAT UN SAT

CRO-108 fnl Page 15 of 19 STEP 19: Step 2.1.4 Ensure TBV control stations in desired position.

STANDARD: TBV5 in AUTO is desired.

Determine that placing the TBVs - SAT Cue: As the CR SRO, inform the candidate that it is desired to place the TBVs in AUTO.

COMMENTS:

- UNSAT STEP 20: Step 2.2 IF desired to place TURBINE BYPASS VALVES control stations in auto, perform the following:

Ensure TURBINE MASTER Setpoint is adjusted to match current THP. SAT Position TURBINE BYPASS VALVES control stations as follows.

• 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to AUTO. AUTO .

• • lB TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to AUTO.

1B AUTO .

STANDARD: Ensure TURBINE MASTER Setpoint is adjusted to match current THP by observing the setpoint on the OAC. - UNSAT OAC display "GDGD AP28" AP28 will be called up and TURBINE MASTER Setpoint is adjusted using the knob on the TURBINE MASTER to match current THP (+/- 2 psig)

Position TURBINE BYPASS VALVES control stations to AUTO by depressing the AUTO pushbutton on the 1 A and 1 1A B TURBINE BYPASS lB VALVES.

COMMENTS:

CRO-108 CR0-i 08 fnl fnl Page 16 of 19 Page 16 of 19 STEP 21:

STEP 21: 2.3 Step 2.3 Step Ensure the Ensure the following:

following:

• • Ensure RUN Ensure RUN isis ON.

ON.

- SAT SAT

• • Ensure SINGLE Ensure SINGLE SELECT SWITCH to SELECT SWITCH to ALL.

ALL.

• • Ensure GROUP SELECT Ensure GROUP SELECT SWITCH SWITCH to to OFF.

OFF.

STANDARD:

STANDARD: Ensure RUN Ensure RUN is is ON ON by by observing observing the the RUN RUN light illuminated.

light illuminated.

Ensure SINGLE Ensure SELECT SWITCH SINGLE SELECT SWITCH to to ALL.

ALL.

Ensure GROUP Ensure GROUP SELECTSELECT SWITCH SWITCH to to OFF OFF by by placing placing switch switch to to the the OFF OFF -

UNSAT UNSAT position.

position.

Return to 12.1.2P Return 12.1 .2P of PT/1IA/0305/00 PTI1IAIO3O5IOO11 (Reactor Manual Trip Test)

COMMENTS:

STEP 22: Step 12.1.2P 12.1 .2P of PT/1IA!03051001 PT/1/A/0305/001 (Reactor Manual Trip Test)

Ensure Turbine Bypass Valves setpoint adjusted to ::::: Turbine Header Pressure. (R.M.)

Position TBV control stations as follows: (R.M.) SAT

• • 1A 1A TURBINE BYPASSBYPASS VALVES to AUTO"AUTO"

• • B TURBINE 11B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES to AUTO. "AUTO".

STANDARD: Determine Determine that the TBVs that the TBVs are are in in AUTO AUTO by by observing observing thethe AUTO AUTO lights lights LIT LIT on the TBV on the TBV stations.

stations.

- UNSAT UNSAT COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

CRO-108 fnl 17 of 19 Page 17 19 STEP 23:

STEP Step 12.1.20 Step 12.1.2Q IF required IF required Withdraw CRD Group 1ito to 50% per per OP/1/A/1105/019 OP/1/A11105/019 (Control Rod (Control Drive System). (R.M.)

Rod Drive

- SAT STANDARD: Determine that withdrawing CRD Group 11 to 50% is not required.

Cue: As the CR SRO, inform the candidate that withdrawing CRD Group 1I to 50% at this time is not required.

COMMENTS:

UNSAT UN SAT STEP 24: Step 12.2 Perform the following:

• • Verify acceptance met.

• • IF acceptance NOT met, notify SRO SRO..

- SAT STANDARD: Verify that the acceptance criteria are met because the CRD breakers opened when the REACTOR TRIP pushbutton was depressed.

COMMENTS:

- UNSAT UN SAT END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

eRO-108 CRO-108 fnl Page 18 18 of 19 19 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Required to be able to withdraw Group 11 Control Rods 6 Withdrawal of group required to perform the test.

9 Placing Turbine Bypass Valves in HAND prevents RCS temperature transient based on a change in SG pressure during performance of the PT 11 Depressing the REACTOR TRIP pushbutton is required to perform the test.

14 Step must be performed to allow the CRD breakers to be reset.

17 Step is required to reset the CRD breakers

CRO-108 CR0-i 08 fnl Page 19 19 of 19 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit Startup in progress OP/I/A/I 102/001 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Startup) Encl.

OP/1/A/1102/001 End. 4.7 (Unit Startup From 532°F/2155 psig To MODE 1) complete up to step 2.13 OP/l/A!1105/019 OP/1/A/11 05/019 (Control Rod Drive System) is in progress and the Initial Conditions are complete.

RCS Boron Concentration = = 2313 ppmb INITIATING CUES:

PT/I/A10305/001 (Reactor Manual Trip Test) beginning at The CR SRO directs you to perform PT/1/A/0305/001 Step 12.1.2.

CRO-207 fnl 1 of 10 Page 1 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-207 CRO*207 Pressure Makeup to Core Flood Tank with failure CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-207 CRO-207 fnlfnl Page Page 22 of of 10 10 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task:

Pressure makeup Pressure makeup toto Core Flood Tank Core Flood Tank with failure Alternate Path:

Path:

Yes Facility JPM #:

Facility CRO-55 KIA Rating(s):

System: 006 K/A:

KJA: A1.13 Rating: 3.5/3.7 Task Standard:

OP/1/A11104!001 Follow OP/1/A/11 04/001 (Core Flooding System) to increase CFT pressure and mitigate the valve failure Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _X_X In-Plant _ _ Perform X Simulate

References:

OP/i/Ni 104/001 (Core Flooding System)

OP/1/A/1104/001 Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: - - - -

NAME Time Finish: - - - -

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: _ _ __

Examiner: ___________________

---

~/_---- /

NAME SIGNATURE SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMM ENTS COMMENTS

CRO-207 fnl Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Recall Snap 206

2. Import files for CRO-CR0- 207

3. Go to RUN GotoRUN

4. Fire TIMER 1 I when N-298 is opened

5. Close 1IN-I N-13737 when directed.

CRO-207 fnl Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

OP/1/A/1104/001 (Core Flooding System) Enclosure 4.7 (Pressure Makeup To CFTs Using Nitrogen)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 I is operating at 100% power.

Core Flood Tank low pressure statalarm is actuated.

OP/i/A/i 104/001 (Core Flooding System) Enclosure 4.7 (Pressure Makeup To CFTs OP/1/A/1104/001 Using Nitrogen) Initial Conditions are complete.

INITIATING CUES:

The CR SRO directs you to complete the pressurization of the affected CFT by pressurizing to

=:; 605 psig.

CRO-207 fnl Page 5 5 of 10 START TIME: _ __

CRITICAL STEP STEP 1: Step 2.1 Notify operator to open 1I N-137 N-I 37 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)

- SAT STANDARD: Direct non-licensed operator to take a radio, open 11 N-137, N-i 37, communicate when the valve is open, and standby for further instruction.

- UNSAT UN SAT Booth: Using ROSE Manual Valves open 1N-137. IN-137.

Booth cue: Inform IN-137 is OPEN and you are standing by for further In form student that 1N-137 instructions.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Step 2.2 IF required to increase pressure in 1A CFT:

- SAT STANDARD: Determine that 1 A CFT is has low pressure by observing either:

1A The computer point for Core Flood Tank "A"A on the Operator Aid Computer. -

UNSAT OR "1 A" Core Flood Tank pressure gauge located on 1VB2.

1A Continue to step 2.2.1 COMMENTS:

CRO-207 fnl P age 66 0off10 Page 10 II NOTE: TS 3.6.3 Condition 'B' B requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A check valve with flow secured through the valve is is considered operable. I SAT STEP 3: Step 2.2.1 Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' Enter A and 'B'.

B.

- UNSAT STANDARD: Notify the CR SRO to enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' A B.

and 'B'.

CUE: INFORM CANDIDATE THAT STEP 2.2.1 IS COMPLETE AND SIGNED OFF COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Step 2.2.2 CRITICAL STEP Open 11N-298 N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1 1A).

A).

- SAT STANDARD: Open 11 N-298 the "1A"1A Core Flood Tank nitrogen fill valve, located on 11VB2.

VB2. Verify RED OPEN indicating light lit; Green CLOSE light off.

- UNSAT UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 5: Step 2.2.3 iN-i 28 (CFT 1A Supply) is closed due to 1N-298 leaks past seat, IF 1N-128 throttle 1 1N-128 N-128 (CFT 1 lASupply)fora A Supply) for a rate of of:S; 100 100 psig per 15 minutes - SAT

(

("" 6.6 psig/min). (A-4-409)

STANDARD: Determine 1 IN-i 28 is NOT closed.

N-128 - UNSAT Continue to Step 2.2.4.

in form candidate that 1 Cue: Inform IN-128 N-128 is not closed.

COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

CRO-207 fnl Page 77 of Page 10 0 f10 STEP 6: Step 2.2.4 1A CFT pressure.

Monitor 1A SAT STANDARD: Observe computer point "1A" Core Flood Tank on pOint or pressure gauge for 1A 1VB2 and verify Core Flood Tank pressure is increasing.

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 7: Step 2.2.5 IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close 1 1 N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A). - SAT STANDARD: Determine ES actuation has not occurred by observing:

UNSAT Statal arm Panel 1 Statalarm SA-1 ISA-i -

Alarm 10 and 11 on rows A thru D D NOT in alarm COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Step 2.2.6 WHEN pressurization of 1 A CFT complete, close 1 1A N-298 (N2 FILL 1N-298 CORE FLOOD TANK 1A). - SAT STANDARD: Close the 1 N-298 located on 1VB2 when Core Flood Tank pressure is 1N-298 approximately 600 psig (595 psig to 615 psig). - UN SAT UNSAT Determine that the valve did NOT close by observing CFT pressure still increasing and Green CLOSED light OFF; Red OPEN light lit.

COMMENTS:

CRO-207 fnl Page 8 0off10 Page 10 STEP 9: Step 2.2.7 IF 11N-298 seat, close 11N-128 N-298 leaks past seat, (CFT 11A N-128 (CFT A Supply).

Supply). (A-4-409)

- SAT SAT STANDARD: Determine that 11 N-298 Determine N-298 is not not leaking leaking by its seat but is open byby observing the Green CLOSED light OFF; Red OPEN light lit.

- UNSAT IN-128, wait 4 minutes and then close 1N-137.

Booth cue: If directed to close 1N-128, IN-137.

COMMENTS:

ALTERNATE PATH CRITICAL STEP STEP 10: Step 2.2.8 SAT IF 11 N-298 fails to close, notify operator to close 11 N-137 N-i 37 (CFTs Supply). -

(A-2-Hallway).

STANDARD: Determine that 11 N-298 failed to close and direct an operator via radio to - UNSAT close 1iN-i 37. Verify CFT pressure stops increasing. Must be completed N-137.

prior to CFT pressure reaching 625 psig.

pressure > 625 psig requires entry in TS 3.5.1 Conditions B.

Note: CFT pressure>

COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 2.2.9 Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition A 'A' and B.

'B'.

- SAT STANDARD: Notify the CR SRO to evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3

'A' and B.

Condition A 'B'.

Cue: SRO will evaluate exiting TS 3.6.3, end of task. UNSAT COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-207 mifnl Page 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation I1 Valve must be opened to pressurize OFT.

VaNe eFT.

4 4 RequIred Required to pressurize the OFT.

eFT.

10 RequIred Required to prevent over pressurizing the OFT.

eFT.

CRO-207 CRO-207 fnl fnl Page Page 10 of 10 10 of 10 CANDIDATE CUE CANDIDATE SHEET CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER EXAMINER UPON UPON COMPLETION COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

INITIAL Unit 11 is operating at 100% power.

Core Flood Tank low pressure statalarm is actuated.

OPIIIAIIIO4/00l (Core Flooding System) Enclosure 4.7 (Pressure Makeup To CFTs Using OP/1/A/1104/001 Nitrogen) Initial Conditions are complete.

INITIATING CUES:

The CR SRO directs you to complete the pressurization of the affected CFT by pressurizing to

= 605 psig.

Enclosure 4.7 oP/i/All 104/00 1 OP/l!Alll04/001 Pressure Makeup To CFTs eFTs Using Nitrogen Page of22 Page 11 of Conditions

1. Initial Conditions 1.

~1.11 VerifY high pressure nitrogen header in seice.

Verify service.

-W1.2.2 Review Limits and Precautions.

NOTE: Nitrogen regulator pressure on N-30 and N-33 should be set at 625 psig while adding nitrogen to CFTs. {16}

2. Procedure 2.1 Notify IN-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)

NotifY operator to open 1N-137 2.2 lA CFT:

IF required to increase pressure in 1A NOTE: 'B' requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A TS 3.6.3 Condition B check valve with flow secured through the valve is considered operable.

2.2.1 Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' B.

A and 'B'.

SRO 2.2.2 2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK IA).

(N 1N-298 (N2 Open IN-298 1A).

2.2.3 IF IN-128 lN-128 (CFT IA 1N-298 leaks past seat, throttle 1A Supply) is closed due to IN-298 IN-128 1N-128 (CFT lA 1A Supply) for a rate of~

of 100 psig per 15 minutes

(""

( 6.6 psig/min). (A-4-409) 2.2.4 Monitor lA1A CFT pressure.

2.2.5 IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close 1N-298 2 FILL CORE (N

IN-298 (N2 FLOOD TANK lA). 1A).

2.2.6 WHEN pressurization of lA 1A CFT complete, close IN-298 1N-298 (N22 FILL CORE (N

FLOOD TANK lA). 1A).

2.2.7 IF IN-298 1N-128 (CFT lA 1N-298 leaks past seat, close IN-128 1A Supply). (A-4-409) 2.2.8 IF IN-298 notify operator to close IN-137 (CFTs Supply).

1N-298 fails to close, notifY (A-2-Hallway).

2.2.9 Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' A and 'B'.

B.

SRO

Enclosure 4.7 oP/i/All 104/00 1 OP!lIA/II041001 Pressure Makeup To eFTs CFTs Using Nitrogen Page 2 of2 of 2 2.3 IF required to increase pressure in IB lB CFT:

NOTE: B requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A TS 3.6.3 Condition 'B' check valve with flow secured through the valve is considered operable.

2.3.1 Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' A and 'B'.

B.

SRO 2.3.2 1N-299 (N2 Open IN-299 2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK lB).

(N 1B).

2.3.3 IF IN-130 1N-130 (CFT IB lB Supply) is closed due to IN-299 1N-299 leaks past seat, throttle IN-130 1N-130 (CFT lB Supply) for a rate of::;

of 100 psig per 15 minutes

( 6.6 psig/min). (A-4-409)

(""

2.3.4 Monitor IB lB CFT pressure.

2.3.5 IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close IN-299 1N-299 (N2 2 FILL CORE (N

FLOOD TANK IB). 1B).

2.3.6 WHEN pressurization of IB lB CFT complete, close IN-299 1N-299 (N22 FILL CORE (N

FLOOD TANK IB). 1B).

2.3.7 1N-299 leaks past seat, close IN-130 IF IN-299 1N-130 (CFT IB lB Supply). (A-4-409) 2.3.8 1N-299 fails to close, notify operator to close IN-137 IF IN-299 1N-137 (CFTs Supply).

(A-2-Hallway).

2.3.9 Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' A and 'B'.

B.

SRO 2.4 1N-137 (CFTs Notify an operator to close IN-137 (CFT5 Supply). (A-2-Hallway) 2.5 1A CFT pressure stable.

Verify IA 2.6 lB CFT pressure stable.

Verify IB

CRO-301 fnl Page 11 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-301 Verify HPI flow following LBLOCA with degraded HPI CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnlfnl Page 22 of Page of 10 10 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASUREMEASURE Task:

HPI flow following LBLOCA with degraded HPI Verify HPI Alternate Path:

Yes Facility JPM #:

New KIA Rating(s):

System: BWBW/E IE 13 K/A:

KIA: EA1.1 Rating: 3.4/3.2 Task Standard:

Perform a symptom check and initiate Rule 2. Trip RCPs within 2 minutes and throttle HPI within limits.

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _X_ X In-Plant _ __ Perform X X Simulate

References:

EP/1/A/1800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Rule 2 (Loss of SCM)

EP/1/A/18001001 Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: _ _ __

NAME Time Finish: - - -

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - -

Examiner: ______________ /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS COMMENTS

CRO-301 fnl Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Recall Snap 207

2. Import files for CRO-301

3. When directed by the examiner, go to RUN.

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnlfnl Page Page 44 of of 10 10 ToolslEguipmentlProcedures Needed:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EP/1/Al1800/001 (Emergency Operation Procedure)

EPIIIAII800IOOI (Emergency Procedure) Rule Rule 2 (Loss Of SCM)

SCM)

READ TO OPERATOR READ DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Reactor was operating a 100% power.

The reactor has just tripped.

You are the BOP reactor operator.

INITIATING CUES:

As the BOP, perform a Symptom Check.

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnlfnl Page Page 55 of of 10 10 START TIME:

START TIME: _ __

STEP 1:

STEP 1: Perform aa Symptom Perform Symptom Check.

Check. CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP

- SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: A Symptom Check A Symptom Check is is performed performed and determines that and determines that aa Loss Loss of of SCM SCM has has occurred and occurred and Rule Rule 22 is the highest is the highest symptom symptom and and should should bebe performed.

performed.

Cue: As Cue: As the the SRO, SRO, if asked, concur if asked, concur withwith Rule Rule 2.

2. UNSAT UNSAT COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Step 11 JAAT all the following exist:

IAAT

- SAT

• • AnySCM0°F Any SCM:::;; O°F

• • power 1%

Rx power:::;;

• • :::;; 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM

- UNSAT THEN perform Steps 2 and 3.

STANDARD: Determine that SCM is O°F OF by observing the indications on the ICCM plasma display.

Verify Rx power is :::;; 11%  % by observing the power range Nls NIs located on 1UB1.

that 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM.

Determine that:::;;

GO TO Step 2 COMMENTS:

STEP 3: Step 22 CRITICAL STEP Stop all RCPs.

- SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Stop all RCPs by locating the RCP switches located on 1AB1 1AB1 and rotating the switches to the TRIP position. Verify that the green green stop light light is LIT and and pump pump amps go go to zero. UNSAT UNSAT COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnl fnl Page 66 0off10 Page 10 STEP 4:

STEP 4: Step 33 Step Notify CR Notify CR SRO SRO of of RCP RCP status.

status.

SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Notify CR Notify CR SRO SRO that that all all RCPs RCPs have have been been secured.

secured.

Cue: As the CR Cue: CR SRO, acknowledge the report of RCP status. - UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 5: Step 4 Verify Blackout exists.

- SAT STANDARD: Determine that a blackout does not exist by observing power available on the Main Feeder Busses volt meters located on 11AB1.

AB 1.

UNSAT UN SAT GO TO Step 6 COMMENTS:

STEP 6: Step 6 Open the following:

• • 1 1HP-24 HP-24 - SAT

• • 1 1HP-25 HP-25 STANDARD: Verify that the above valves are open by observing their red open light -

UNSAT LIT on 1UB1.

LlTon1UB1.

Note: Valves will already be open due to ES actuation.

COMMENTS:

CRO-301 fnl Page 7 0off10 Page 10 STEP 7: Step 7 Start all available HPI pumps.

- SAT STANDARD: Determine that ONLY the 11 B HPIHPI pump is operating by observing light and pump amp indications on 11 UB1.

Attempt to start the 1A and 1C HPI pump by locating their switches on -

UNSAT 11 UB1 and rotating to the start position.

IA and 1C Note: 1A IC HPI pumps will NOT start.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Step 8 Open the following:

SAT

• • 11HP-26 HP-26 -

• • 11HP-27 HP-27 STANDARD: Verify that the above valves are open by observing their red open light -

UNSAT LIT on 1UB1.

LlTon1UB1.

Note: Valves will already be open due to ES actuation.

COMMENTS:

ALTERNATE PATH STEP 9: Step 99 Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse -

SAT indications.

STANDARD: Determine that ONLY the 1 1B B HP!

HPI pump is operating by observing light - UNSAT and pump amp indications on 1 1 UB1.

GO TO Step 18 COMMENTS:

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnl fnl Page 88 0off10 Page 10 STEP 10:

STEP 10: Step 18 Step 18 Verify at Verify at least east two two HPI HP! pumps pumps areare operating.

operating.

- SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Determine that Determine that ONLY ONLY the the 11 B B HPI HP! pump pump isis operating operating by by observing observing light light and pump amp indications on and pump amp indications on 1UB1. 1 UB1.

- UNSAT UNSAT GO TO Step 18 18 RNO COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 18 RNO CRITICAL STEP flow 475 gpm (including seal injection for A hdr only).

Maximize HPI flow::;

- SAT STANDARD: Determine that 11A HP! Header flow is >> 475 gpm by observing the 11A A HPI A HPI Header and Seal Inlet HDR Flow gauges located on 1I UB1.

- UNSAT Throttle 11 HP-26 to maximize HPI HP! flow::;

flow 475 gpm (including seal injection).

GO TO Step 19 IHP-26 Note: 1 HP-26 will have to be taken to MANUAL on the RZ module.

Cue: Another operator will continue with Rule 2, end of task.

COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-301 fnl Page 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 11 Rule 2 should be selected based on the symptoms.

3 RCP5 are required to be stopped within 2 minutes of loss of SCM.

RCPs 11 1A HPI Header flow must be reduced :s; 475 gpm for pump runout.

CRO-301 CRO-301 fnl fnl Page 10 of Page 10 of 10 10 CUE SHEET CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION INITIAL CONDITIONS:

INITIAL Reactor was operating a 100% power.

The reactor has just tripped.

You are the BOP reactor operator.

INITIATING CUES:

As the BOP, perform a Symptom Check.

Rule 22 Rule EP/l/ AlI800/001 EP/1/A11800/O01 Loss of Loss of SCM SCM Page Page I1 of of 13 13 ACTION/EXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 1.

1. _ IAAT all all the the following following exist: exist: 1._

1. IF IF all all SCMsSCMs> > O°F, 0°F,

_ Any py SCM SCM ~ O°F 0°F THEN THEN perfonn perform the the following: following:

Rx power::::; power 1% 1% A.

A. Obtain Obtain CR CR SRO SRO concurrence concurrence to

_ ~ 22 minutes elapsed elapsed since since loss loss of of exit Rule exit Rule 2. 2.

SCM B.

B. EXIT Rule 2.

THEN perform THEN perform Steps Steps 22 and and 3. 3. :9) 2._ NotifY Notify CR SRO ofRCP of RCP status. 19.22}

922

• _ . _ _ **** _ _ ** _~_._ ** _ _ _ **** _ . _ _ _ _ *** _

3._ GO GOTOStep4. TO Step 4 .

• • • _. _ _ _ _ _ ._ ***** M. _ _ _ *** _ _ _ _ _ ....

• _ _ _ _ * *

• _

• _ _ _ _ _ . _ * * * ... _ _

• _ _ ** _ _ _ ** _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

• _ _

• _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _

• _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

• _ _ _ . _ ** _ . ___

• _ _ . _ .___ . _ ** _ ..... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

• _ _ _ _

• _ _

2. _

Stop all RCPs. 1. Place 1ITA TA AUTO/MAN switch in MAN.

2._ Place ITB

2. 1TB AUTO/MAN switch in MAN.

3.

3._ Open ITA SU 6.9 6.9KV KV FDR.

4. _ Open 11TB TB SU 6.9 KV FDR.

3. _

Notify CR SRO ofRCP NotifY of RCP status. 122J 22

4. _ Verify Blackout exists. _ GO CO TO Step 6.

5. _ WHEN power has been restored, THEN continue.

Rule22 Rule EP!1/A/1800/001 EP/1/AR800/ool Lossof Loss SCM of SCM Page 2 of fl3 Page2o 13 IFATA IF NYTIME .

AT ANYTIME:

(1)

(1) Any SCMis::;

ApiSCM is OaF 0°FAND ANDRx poweris::;

Rxpower is 1%1%AND::;

AND 22minutes minuteshave haveelapsed elapsedsince since loss of SCM (stop all RCPs) loss of SCM '" (stop all RCPs)

Rule 22 Rule EP/I1NI8001001 EP/1/A11800/001 Loss of Loss ofSCM SCM Page Page 33 of of13 13 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 6.6. Open the Open the following:

following: 1.I . IF IF both both BWST BWST suction suction valves valves 1IHP-24 HP-24 (1HP-24 and (lHP-24 and IHP-25)

IHP-25) are are closed, closed, 1HP-25 1HP-25 THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

A.

A. Start 1IA Start A LPI LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

B.

B. Start IB Start lB LPJ LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

C. Open C. Open thethe following:

following:

. lLP-15 ILP-l5 ILP-16 lLP-16 1ILP-9 LP-9 11 LP-lO LP- 10 1ILP.-6 LP-6 1ILP-7 LP-7 D:

D:_ IF two LPI Pumps are running only y to provide HPJHPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. _ Dispatch an operator to open 1IHP.-363 HP-363 (LETDOWN LINE TO LPI PUMP SUCTION BLOCK)

(A-i-i (A-1-119, Ul LPI Hatch Rrn, 19, UI Rm, N end).

F. _ GO TO Step 7.

2._

2. IF only one BWST suction valve (IHP-24 (1 HP-24 or or IHP-25) 1HP-25) is is open, open, THEN perform the following:

A. _ IF IF three HPI HPJ pumps pumps are operating, THEN secure secure lB 1B HPI HPI PUMP.

PUMP.

B.

B. _ IF IF <2< 2 HPI HPI pumps pumps operating, operating, THEN THEN startstart HPI HPJ pumps pumps to to obtain obtain two two HPI HPJ pump pump operation, operation, preferably preferably in in opposite opposite headers.

headers.

C.

C. _ GO GO TO TO Step Step 8.8.

7.7. _ Start all available Start fl available HPI HPJ pumps.

pumps.

Rule 2 RuJe2 EP/1/A/1800/O01 EP/VAi1800/001 LossofSCM Loss of SCM Page 4 of 13 Page4ofl3 IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME:

TIME:

(1)

(1) Any SCM is Mi SCM is :::; oop 0°F AND AND Rx Rx power power is is :::; 11% AND :::;2

% AND 2 minutes have elapsed minutes have elapsed since since loss of SCM (stop all RCPs) loss of SCM ... (stop all RCPs)

'~

Rule 22 Rul~ EP/I/AI18001001 EP/1/A/1 800/00 1 Loss of Loss ofSCM SCM Page Page 55 ofofl3 13 ACTION,çEXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION~EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 8.

8. Open the Open the following:

following:

1HP-26 IHP-26 I FIP-27 IHP-27

9. Verify at

9. _ Verify least two at least two HPI HPI pumps pumps are are _ GO TO GO TO Step Step 18. 18.

operating using operating using two two diverse diverse indications.

indications.

10. _ IAA

10. IAAT T ~ 22 HPI pumps pumps operating, operating, _ GO TO Step Step 12. 12.

AND AND HPI HPI flow flow in in any header is y header is in the in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 11 THEN perform Steps Steps 11 11-- 13. 13.

1 1. _ Open the following

11. following in in the affected I. _

1. Notify CR SRO to consider manual header: operation of the failed valve.

1':y.::

IA Header '.;:

lA  :* lB Header IB 2._ IF HPI flow exists in only one header, THEN GO TO Step 18.

IHP-410 1IHP-409 HP-409 Figure 11 Required HPI Flow Per Header I-leader 2600 1%

2400 .-

2200 .-.-.- ------ -

2000 -. - --.

1800 1800 +,---f.,,--~+'-'-i~

[IPI lUIflI)

HPI Pump jp Runout l{tiiiout

~ 1600 1600 iB+-""~f!-""H*

Region Region

§ 1400 ~f'--9i V'.!

1400 Unacceptable Region  :

For I1 lor Pump In lunip In (excluding seal

~ 1200 1200 injection)

IHeader leader (includiiig (including V'.! 1000 1000 sealI sea 0

p:: injection injection 800 800 forA for A 600 header) header) 600 400 400 200 200 00 .I..I c..

00 100 100 200 200 300 300 400 400 500 500 600 600 Required Required 1{PI}[PI Flow FlmvPer Header (gpni)

Per Header (gpm)

Rule 2 EP/1/A/1800/O01 EP!l/A/1800/001 L-oss Lbss of SCM Page 6 of 13 IF AT ANY TIME:

(1) is OaF Any SCM is::;

Mi 0°F AND Rx power is::;

is 1% AND::;

AND 2 minutes have elapsed since RCPs) loss of SCM ... (stop all Reps)

(10)

(1 0) ~ 2 HPI pumps operating AND HPI flow in y any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 11 ... (open IHP-410 and/or 1IHP-409)

HP-409)

Rule 2 EP/1/A/1800/O01 EP/1/AII800/001 Loss of SCM LossofSCM Page7ofl3 Page 7 of 13 I ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED I

12. _

IAAT the following limits are exceeded, Pump Operation Limit 1I HPJ HPI pump/hdr (mci. seal 475 gpm (inc1.

injection for A hdr)

• IA &

lA lB HPJ

& IB HPI of 950 gpm Total flow of950 pumps operating (incl.

(md. seal injection) with 1IHP-409 HP-409 open THEN throttle HPJHPI to maximize flow

~ flow limit.

13. _

of HPI status.

Notify CR SRO ofHPI 122)

14. _ IAAT either of the following exists: _

GO TO Step 25.

_ LPJLPI FLOW TRAIN A plus p LPI FLOW TRAIN B ~ 3400 gpm LPJ

_ Only one LPI header in operation with header flow ~ 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step IS. 15.

Perform the following:

15. Peliorm 1.

1._- iF IFDW-31S IF 1FDW-315 will NOT close, Place 1FDW-315 IFDW-3]5 in MANUAL and THEN stopStop lA IA MD EFDWP.

close. 2._

2. IF IFDW-316 will NOT close, I FDW-3 16

- Place 1FDW-316 in MANUAL and THEN stop IB EFDWP I B MD EFDWP.

close.

3. - Place 1I TD EFDW PUMP in PULL TO LOCK.

16. _

Notify crew that performance of Rule 33 is NOT required due to LB LOCA.

17. _

WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.

• ..oENJ)...

Rule 22 Rule EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A/1800/OO1 Loss of Loss of SCM SCM Page Page 88 of of 13 13 IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME:

TIME:

(1)

(1) y SCM Any SCM is is ::; OaF 0°F AND AND Rx Rx power is::;

is 11% AND 22 minutes

% AND::; minutes have have elapsed elapsed since since SCM ... (stop all RCPs) loss of SCM RCP5)

~.,:,.

\.

Rule22 Rule EP!lIA/18001001 EP/1/A/l 800/001 Lossof Loss SCM of SCM Page Page9o 9 of fl3 13 ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSENOT NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED 18.18. _ Verify atat least Verify least two two HPJ HPI pumps pumps are are MaximizeHPJ

_ Maximize flow ~ 475 HPIflow 475 gpm gpm (including (including operating.

operating. seal injection seal for A hdr only).

injection for A hdr only).

19.19. _ IAAT either IAAT either of ofthe the following following exists:

exists:

_ LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAIN TRAIN AA plus p LPI FLOW TRAIN LPI FLOW TRAIN B ~ 3400 B 3400 gpm gpm Only

_ Only one LPI one LPI header header in operation in operation with header flow with header flow ~ 2900 gpm 2900 gpm THEN GO THEN GO TO TO Step Step 24. 24.

20. _

20. Dispatch two Dispatch two operators operators to to perform perform End 5.24 (Operation Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs). of the ADVs).

(PS)

(PS)

21. _

21. Verify lSA-2/C-8 Verify I SA-21C-8 (AFIS (AFIS HEADER HEADER A A Select OFF

_ Select OFF for fér both digital digital channels channels on on INITIATED)

INITIA TED) lit. AFIS HEADER A.

.__._M ___ ._______,_____________ .._._. ___* __.._...__..___,________.________,__..._______..._________ _____.__._._... _ _._.._...__."_...__.______._..__...__... _.. _.....__._._

._~

22. _

22. Verify 1I SA-2/D-8 Verify SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B _ Select OFF for both digital channels on INITIATED)

INITIATED) lit. AFIS HEADER B.

23. Notify

23. Notify CR CR SRO SRO of the following:

_ SuspendSuspend RuleRule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

Emergency FDW) until directed by LOSCM tOSCM tab. tab.

_ Degraded Degraded HPI HPI exists.

24.

24. EXiT EXIT this this nile.

nIle.

• . ENI)

• Rule Rule 22 EP/1/A/1800/001 EP/I/AI18001001 Loss of

. Loss of SCM SCM Page 10 of 13

/

7 IF AT ANY TIME

(1) Mi SCM is ~ oaF Any 0°F AND Rx power is ~ 11%  % AND ~ 2 minutes have elapsed since loss of SCM ... (stop all RCPs)

(10)

(1 0) ~ HPI pumps operating AND HPJ 2 HPJ HPI flow in py any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 11 ... (open 1IHP-410 1HP-409)

HP-41O and/or IHP-409)

(12) the following limits are exceeded, Pump Pump Operation Operation Limit Limit 1I HPJ HPI pump/hdr 475 gpm (inc!.

(md. seal injection for A hdr)

IA & IBlB HPJ HPI of 950 gpm Total flow of950 pumps operating (mci.

(incl. seal injection) injection) with II HP-409 open

((throttle HPI to maximize flow ~ flow limit) throttle HPJ (14) either LPI FLOW TRAIN TRAiN A p plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B ~ 3400 gpm OR only one LPJ LPI header is operating AND flow in that header is ~ 2900 gpm ... (GO TO criteria for EXIT)

.~.

Rule 22 Rule EP/l/AlI800/001 EP/1/A11800/001 Loss of Loss ofSCM SCM Page Page 1111 of of1313 j ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 25.

25. IAAT TBVs IAAT TBVs are are unavailable, unavailable, V THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

A.

A. Dispatch two Dispatch operators to yq operators to perform perform End 5.24 (Operation Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs).

of the ADVs).

(PS)

(PS)

B. _

B. Notify CR Notify CR SROSRO thatthat ADVs ADVs are are being aligned being aligned for for use.

use. {22!

22

26. _

26. Verify ISA-2/C-8 Verify I SA-2/C-8 (AFlS (AFIS HEADER HEADER A _

Select OFF for Select for both digital channels on Th4IT1ATED INITIATED) lit.) lit. AFIS HEADER A.

AFIS A.

27. Verify lSA-2/D-8 I SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B _

Select OFF for both digital channels on INITIATED)

INITlA TED) lit. AFIS HEADER B. -

28. _

28. Verify any y EFDW pump operating. Place the following in MANUAL and close:

1FDW-315 IFDW-315 IFDW-316 1FDW-316

29. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs: TD EFDW PUMP.

Start II TO IA MD EFDWP IAMDEFDWP lB MD EFDWP IBMDEFDWP

30. _

Verify py any EFDW pump operating. 1. _

Control Main FDW as required to raise level leveJ in intact SGs to proper setpoint per Rule 7 (SG Feed Control).

2._

2. _ GOTO GO TO Step 38. 38.

31.

31. Verify Verify both SGs intact.

both SGs intact. 1.

1._ Establish Establish 450 450 gpm gpm toto the the intact intact SG.

SG.

2.__GO 2._ GO TO Step Step 33.

33.

32.

32. Establish 300 gpm Establish 300 gpm to to each each ofof the the following: _

Establish Establish 450450 gpm gpm toto available available SG.

SG.

1ASG IASG IBSG 1B SG

Rule 22 Rule EP/1/A!1800/0O1 EP/l/AI1800/001 Loss of Loss ofSCM SCM Page Page 12 12 of of 13 13 IF AT IF ANY TIME:

AT ANY TIME:

(1)

(l) Any Arn SCMSCM isis :S OaF 0°F AND AND Rx Rx power power isis :S 11% AND :S 22 minutes

% AND minutes have have elapsed elapsed since since loss of loss of SCM SCM ... (stop (stop all RCPs) ll RCPs)

(10) 2 22 HPI (10) pumps operating HPI pumps operating AND AND HPIHPI flow flow inin any y header header is is in in the the Unacceptable Unacceptable Region Region ofof Figure J1 ... (open Figure (open IHP-410 IHP-410 and/or and/or IHP-409) 1HP-409)

(12) the (12) the following following limits are exceeded, limits are exceeded, Pump Operation Limit II HPJ HPI pump/hdr 475 gpm gpm (incl.

(md. seal injection for injection for A hdr)

A hdr)

IA&

IA & 181BHP]

HPJ flowof950gp Total flow of950 gpm m pumps operating pumps (incl.

(md. seal injection)

HP-409 open with 11 HP-409 with

((throttle HPI to maximize flow :S flow limit) throttle HPJ either LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus (14) either pj LPI FLOW TRAIN B 2 3400 gpm OR only one LPI header is operating AND flow in that header is 2 2900 gpm ... (GO TO criteria for EXIT)

(25) TBVs (25) TBVs are are unavailable ... (dispatch operators to align ADVs)

Rule22 Rule EP /1/AlI 800/00 EP/1/A/1 800/0011 Lossof Loss ofSCM SCM Page Page 1313 of of13 13 I ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED 1 NOTE NOTE

• Flow may Flow may bebethrottled throttled totocontrol control cooldown cooldown rate ratewithin within Tech Tech Spec Spec limits, limits, but butSG SG levels levels must mustcontinuecontinuetoto increase until LOSCM setpoint is increase until LOSCM setpoint is reached if SCM ~ Oaf. reached if SCM 0°F.

• TS cooldown rates TS cooldown ratesare are ~ 50°F/~

2 hrhrwhen 50°F/V when Tcold d>

0 T 280°F and

> 280°F and ~ 25°F/~ 2 hr 25°F/V hrwhen when Tcold Id~ 280°F.

0 T 280°F.

33.

33. IAAT any IAAT y SCM SCM .s Oaf, 0°F, _ Control EFDW Control EFDW as as required required to to raise raise level level THEN THEN feed feed toto the the LOSCM LOSCM setpoint setpoint inin inin intact intact SGs SOs to to proper propersetpoint setpoint per per Rule Rule 77 all intact SGs.

all intact SGs . (SG (SG Feed Feed Control). Control).

OAC (Turn-on

• . OAC (Turn-on code code "EFW")EFW)

• • Table Table 55 inin Rule Rule 77 (SG (SO Feed Feed Control)Control)

34. _

34. Verify both MD Verify MD EFDWPs EFDWPs operating. operating. __GO GO TO TO Step Step 36.

---

_._-_._-----._._---------------_._----_.... --------------_.. __._-- _-- 36.

35.

35. Place II TD Place TD EFDW EFDW PUMP PUMP in in PULL PULL TO TO LOCK.

LOCK.

36. _

36. Trip both Main Trip Main FDW pumps.

37. Place

37. Place FDWFDW block valve switches in CLOSE:

CLOSE:

iri-rt7 -,,

IFDW-33 If I) W-iJ IFDW-31 IFDW-31 FDW-42 1IFDW-42 I FDW-40 IFDW-40 38.

38. _ Notify_CR Notify CR SRO SRO of ofSGSO feed status. (221 22 CAUTION CAUTION If I header, TD EFDW If 1 TD EFDW PUMP reducing PUMP is SO is being being used pressure header, reduci:qg SG pressure below ~ 250

39. _ JAAT

39.

IAAT SO THEN THEN reduce SG pressure pressure is>

reduce SO below is > RCS SG pressure used for SG RCS pressure, pressure << RCS 250 psig pressure, RCS SG feed and psig can and Unit Unit 11 is can result result in is supplying in reduced supplying the reduced pumping the Auxiliary pumping capability.

Auxiliary Steam capability.

Steam I

pressure using either of pressure using either of the foHowing: the following:

TBVs TBVs

_ Dispatch Dispatch two operators operators to to perform perfonn End 5.24 (Operation Encl 5.24 (Operation of ofthe the ADVs) ADVs)

-_._---_.----.-_._._--_CPS) _

40.

40. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or of Main or > .

Emergency EmergencyFDW) FDW) isis ininprogressprogress or or complete.

complete.

41.

41. _ WHEN WHENdirected directedby byCR CRSRO, SRO, THEN EXIT THEN EXIT this rule.this rule.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY INTENTIONALLY BLANK

CRO-096 fnl 1 of 11 Page 1 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-096 Align ECCS Suction from Emergency Sump (LP-21 Fails to Close)

CANDIDATE EXAMINER

GRO-096 CRO-096 fnl Page 2 of 11 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

ECCS Suction from Emergency Sump Align EGGS Alternate Path:

YES Facility JPM #:

CRO-096 GRO-096 K/A Rating(s):

KIA System: BWBW/E08 IE08 K/A:

KIA: EA1.1 Rating: 4.0/3.7 Task Standard:

ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is properly completed to align EGGS .12, EGGS ECCS from the Emergency sump.

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EPI1/A11800101, LOGA EP/1/A/1800101, CD LOCA GD (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES) of the EOP .12 (EGGS Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: - - - -

NAME Time Finish: _ _ __

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: _ _ __

Examiner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS

CRO-096 fnl Page 3 of 11 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Recall 215

2. Import files for CRO-096

3. Go Gotorun to run

<9

4. Timer 3 will lower BWST Level to < 9' if needed at step 5

5. Timer 4 will lower BWST Level to < 6 if needed at step 6

< 6' Note: Procedure should be placed in a binder.

CRO-096 fnl Page 4 of 11 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: .12, EGGSECCS Suction Swap to RBES, of the EOP READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A large break LOGALOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST.

INITIATING CUES:

Control Room SRO directs you to Align EGGS The Gontrol ECCS Suction from Emergency Sump per .12, EGGSECCS Suction Swap to RBES, of the EOP.

CRO-096 fnl Page5ofll Page 5 of 11 STARTTIME:

START TIME: _ __

STEP 1:

1: Step 11 Start both of the following:

- SAT

• 1A 1A LPI Pump

• • 18 lB LPI Pump

- UNSAT STANDARD: Locates control switches for 1 1A lB LPI Pumps on 1 A and 18 U82 and verifies IUB2 red ON lights are illuminated and pump amps indicated.

Continue to Step 22 COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Step 2 Verify either of the following exists:

• • LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus Ius LPI FLOW TRAIN 8 B ~ 3400 gpm

- SAT

• • Only one LPI header is operating, AND flow in that header is ~ 2900 gpm

- UNSAT STANDARD: Candidate should determine that step is met by observing LPI FLOW TRAIN A pjjplus LPI FLOW TRAIN 8 B is ~ 3400 gpm. Flow gauges are located on 1 1 U82.

UB2.

Continue to Step 3 COMMENTS:

STEP 3: Step 3 GO TO Step 52 SAT STANDARD: GO TO Step 52.

Continue to Step 52

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-096 fnl Page 6 of 11 STEP 4: Step 52 CRITICAL STEP WHEN BWST level is ::::; 15', 15, THEN stop .ill!aH HPI pumps.

- SAT STANDARD: Locates the BWST level gauges on 1 1 UB2. The candidate determines level to be::::;

be 15'. 15.

or May obtain BWST level from the OAC (Operator Aid Computer), at - UNSAT 11 UB1, 1 1 UB2, or STA monitor.

or ICCM monitors on 1 1 UB1.

Places control switch for any operating HPI pump in the TRIP or PTL position and verifies .ill!

all HPI pumps are not operating by the red ON lights not illuminated.

Continue to Step 53 COMMENTS:

NOTE II RB level of ~ 2' 2 is expected when BWST level reaches 9'. 9. I SAT STEP 5: Step 53 WHEN BWST level::; level 9',9, AND RB level is rising, -

UNSAT THEN continue procedure.

STANDARD: Verifies BWST level < <99 feet on gauges on 1 1 UB2 or from the OAC (1 UB1, 11 UB2, or STA monitor) or the ICCM monitors on 1 1 UB1.

Continue to Step 54 Cue: If needed, inform candidate that using time compression BWST level will be

<9 lowered to < 9' and RB level will be increased.

COMMENTS:

CRO-096 fnl Page 7 of 11 Page7of STEP 6: Step 54 CRITICAL STEP Simultaneously open the following:

- SAT

• • 1LP-19 (1A RB 1LP-19 RB Suction)

• • 11LP-20 (lB LP-20 (1 RB Suction)

B RB

- UNSAT STANDARD: Candidate locates the control switch for 1LP-19 ('1A' (lA RX. BLDG.

SUCTION) on 11 UB2 and rotates the switch in the OPEN direction.

Verifies red OPEN light comes on, and green CLOSED light goes off.

Then locates the control switch for 11 LP-20 ('1 (1 B' B RX. BLDG. SUCTION) on 11 UB2 and rotates the switch in the OPEN direction. Verifies red OPEN light comes on, and green CLOSED light goes off.

Continue to Step 55 COMMENTS:

STEP 7: Step 55 level 6',

IAAT BWST level:::; 6,

- SAT THEN perform Steps 56 - 59.

STANDARD: Candidate verifies BWST level:::;level 6'6 using:

BWST level gauges on 1 1 UB2. - UNSAT BWST level from the OAC, at 1 1 UB1, 11 UB2, or STA monitor.

ICCM monitors on 1 1 UB1.

When BWST level is:::;is 6' l,AAT step and then perform Steps 55 6 go to the IAAT through 58 Continue to Step 56 Cue: If needed, inform candidate that using time compression BWST level will be lowered to <6

< 6' and RB level will be increased.

COMMENTS:

CRO-096 CRO-096 fnl Page 8 of 11 Page8ofll STEP 8:

STEP 8: Step 56 Step 56 Verify 11LP-19 (1A LP-19 (1 Suction) open.

RB Suction)

A RB open.

STANDARD:

STANDARD: Locates the control Locates control switch for 11LP-19 LP-19 on on 11UB2 UB2 and verifies red red OPEN OPEN -

SAT SAT light is light illuminated.

is illuminated.

Continue to Step 57

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 9: Step 57 Verify 11LP-20 (lB LP-20 (1 RB Suction) open.

B RB

- SAT STANDARD: Locates the control switch for 11 LP-19 LP-1 9 on 11 UB2 and verifies red OPEN light is illuminated.

- UNSAT UN SAT Continue to Step 58 COMMENTS:

• CRITICAL STEP STEP 10: Step 58 Simultaneously close the following:

• • Close 1LP-21 (1A LPI BWST Suction)

• • *Close 11 LP-22 (1 B LPI BWST Suction)

• Close - SAT STANDARD: The candidate then locates the control switch for 1 1 LP-21 on 11 UB2 and rotates it in the CLOSE direction. UNSAT ILP-21 Note: 1 LP-21 will not close.

The candidate then locates the control switch for 1 1 LP-22 on 11 UB2 and rotates it in the CLOSE direction.

Candidate should recognize that 1 1LP-21 LP-21 did not close and then perform RNO.

Continue to Step 58 RNO COMMENTS:

CRO-096 CRO-096 fnl fnl Page 9 of 11 Page9ofll STEP 11:

STEP 11: Step 58 Step 58 RNO RNO CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP IF 11LP-21 IF fails to LP-21 fails close, to close, THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

SAT SAT

• • Stop 1A Stop 1A LPI PUMP..

LPI PUMP

• • Stop 1A Stop 1A RBS PUMP..

RBS PUMP

- UNSAT UNSAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Locates RB Locates RB Spray Pump "A" Spray Pump A control control on on ES ES RZ RZ module module on on 1VB2.

1VB2.

MANUAL pushbutton MANUAL pushbutton for for ES ES channel channel 88 is is depressed.

depressed. Green Green OFF OFF pushbutton is pushbutton is depressed depressed and and verified verified lit, lit, while while white white RUN RUN light light is is off.

off.

Locates LPI Pump "A" A control on 11 UB2 UB2 and turns pump switch to "off'. off.

light is verified off and white light verified on.

Red light Continue to Step Step 59 COMMENTS:

STEP 12: Step 59 CRITICAL STEP Dispatch an operator to close 11 LP-28 (BWST Outlet) (East of Unit 11 BWST).

- SAT STANDARD: An operator is dispatch to close 1 1 LP-28 (BWST Outlet) (East of Unit 1 1 BWST).

- UNSAT UN SAT Booth cue: An operator has been dispatched to close ILP-28. 1LP-28.

COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-096 fnl Page 10 of 11 lOofil CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 4 Protects HPI pumps 6 Aligns LPI Pump suction to Reactor Building Emergency Sump.

10 Secures LPI Pump suction from the BWST.

11 1A 1A LPI and 1 A RBS pumps are secured to prevent damage.

IA 12 Close 11LP-28 LP-28 (BWST Isolation) - Isolates suction from the BWST.

CRO-096 fnl Page 11 11 of of 11 11 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A large break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST.

INITIATING CUES:

The Control Room SRO directs you to Align ECCS Suction from Emergency Sump per .12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES, of the EOP.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/AJl800 EP /1/All 800/00 /ool 1 ECCSSuction ECCS Suction Swap Swapto toRBES RBES Page 11 of Page of45 45 I ACTION/EXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED I

1.1. Start

Start: 1.I._ IFIF either either are are operating:

operating:

IA LPI PUMP IA LPI PUMP IA LPI lA LPI PUMP PUMP lB LPI PUMP IBLPIPUMP IBLPIPUMP lB LPI PUMP THEN GO THEN GO TOTO Step Step 2. 2.

2._ IF 2._ IF NONO LPI LPI pumps pumps are are operating, operating, THEN GO THEN GO TOTO Step Step 85.85.

3.

3._ IF Ie IF IC LPI LPI PUMP PUMP isis operating, operating, THEN GO THEN GO TOTO Step 87.

Step 87.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ * * - - -

• 1 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - _. --_*_--

2. VerifY

2. Verify either:

either: _ GO GO TO TO Step Step 4.

4.

_ LPI FLOW TRAIN A A plus p

LPI FLOW TRAIN TRAiN B 2 3400 gpm

_ Only one LPI header is operating, AND flow in that header is 2 2900 gpm

3. GO TO Step 52.

3.

4.

4. Verify VerifY three HPI pumps operating. ._ GOTOStep6.

GO TO_Step 6.

..--1----- - - - - - - -....---.-....--.....--..- ..- ........-.-

5.

5. _

Stop IB lB HPI PUMP.

6. Simultaneously open:

6. Simultaneously 1._ IF lLP-15

1. 1LP-15 is closed, IlLP-15 LP- 15 AND 11B B LPI PUMP is operating, 1LP-16 lLP-16 THEN perform the following:

A. IF NO IF NO flow on LPI FLOW FLOW TRAIN A, perform the THEN perform the following:

1.

1. Secure 1ALPIPUMP Secure lA LPI PUMP..

2.

2. _ GOTO GO TO StepStep 10.10.

B.

B. _ GO TO Step GOTO Step 11.

11.

2._

2. IF IF 1LP-16 ILP-16 isis closed, closed, AND AND 1A 1A LPI LPI PUMP PUMP isis operating, operating, THEN THEN performperform the the following:

following:

A.

A. IF NO IF NO flow flow onon LPI LPI FLOWFLOW TRAiN TRAIN B, B, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

following:

~'" i.

1. Secure lB Secure 1B LPI LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

2.2. _ GO TO Step 10.

B.

B. _ GOTOSteplI GO TO Step 11. .

• Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1!A/1800/oo1 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 22 of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EPil/A/I8001001 EP/1/AJl 800/00 1 ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoIDlES RI3ES . Page Page33of45of 45

) ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED 7.7. Verifytwo VerifY twoLPILPIpumps pumps operating.

operating. _ GO GOTO TOStepStep 10.

10.

.----------~-- - - - - - - - - ..._-_._----

8.8. _ Verifytotal VerifY total HPI HPI flow flowincluding includingseal seal IF IFboth both exist:

exist:

injection is> 500 injection is > 500 gpm.gpm. NO NO flowflow onon LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAINTRAIN AA NO NO flowflow onon LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAINTRAIN BB THEN perform THEN perfonn the the following:

following:

A.

A. _ IF IF 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 isis open, open, THEN ThEN performperform thethe following:

following:

1.1. Secure Secure 1lB B LPI LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

2. __GOTOStep

2. GO TO SteplO. 10.

B. _

B. IF IF lLPSW-5 1LPSW-5 is is open, open, THEN THEN perform the following:following:

1.

1. Secure 1IA A LPI PUMP.

2. _ GO GOTO TO Step 10.

C. IF both exist:

_ 11 LPSW LPSW-4 -4 power available A LPI cooler LPSW flow

'A' DIXON has power THEN perform the following:

1.

1.

lLPSW-4 to Throttle 1LPSW-4 establish 3000 - 3300 gpm.

2.

2. Secure lB Secure 1B LPI PUMP.

3.

GO TO Step 10..

3. _ GOTOSteplO D.

D. IF both IF both exist:

exist:

lLPSW -5 power

_ 1LPSW-5 power available available

'B'LPI B cooler LPSW LPI cooler LPSW flow flow DIXON has DIXON has power power THEN perform THEN perform thethe following:

following:

1.1. Throttle 1LPSW-5 Throttle lLPSW-5 to to establish 3000 establish 3000 - 3300 3300 gpm.

gpm.

2.2. Secure IALPIPUMP Secure 1A LPI PUMP. .

--~---~--.---.

3.3. _ GOTOSteplO GO TO Step 10. .

9.9. _GOTOStep

_ GO TO StepI2. 12.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/lIAJl800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap to REES Swap fo.RBES Page Page 44 of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/1800/001 EP/1/A/l 800/00 1 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page55 of45 of 45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

[

NOTE NOTE Total LPI Total LPI flow flow = LPI LPI header flow++ HPI header flow HPI header flow++ seal headerflow seal injection.

injection.

10.

10. Maximize total Maximize total LPI LPI flow flow

<3100 gpm by throttling

< 3100 gpm by throttling HPI HPI flow.

flow.

---

~-

11. _

11. Limit1 Limit totalHP1flo HPI flow wto75 0gpm to ~ 750 gpm including seal injection.

including seal injection.

12.

12. Place LDST Place LDST LEVELLEVEL INTERLOCK ThJTERLOCK switch in switch DISABLE.

in DISABLE.

.----~.--

13. Position valve

13. Position valve switches switches to to close close until until valve valve _

Continue procedure.

Continue procedure.

travel travel is initiated:

is initiated:

HP-23 11 HP-23 11HP-24 HP-24 1HP-25_t3)

IHP-25 '3'

- \ I

---

_._---------------_ .. -~----.---------------------.--.-------

14. Simultaneously

14. Simultaneously position valve switches to _

Continue procedure.

open until open until valve travel is initiated:

IHP-939 IHP-939

- 1I HP-940 HP-940

~

Enclosure 5~12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/AIl800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 66 of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY INTENTIONALLY BLANK

,'~.

\

J

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A11800/OO1 ECCS Suction

. ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 77 of45 of 45 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED IS. Verify either

15. Verify either fully open:

fy open: _ GO TO GO TO Step Step 18.

18.

11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 11LPSW-5 LPSW-S

16. Verify both

16. Verify both open:

open: 1.

1._ IF 11 LPSW-4 IF LPSW-4 is is closed, closed, 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 AND lLP-16 AND ILP-16 isis open, open, 1ILPSW-5 LPSW-S THEN perform the the following:

A. _Open lLPSW-S.

B. _ Limit total J HPI HP! flow to s;; 7S0 750 gpm including seal injection.

C. _ Stop lA IA LPI PUMP.

D. _ GO TO Step 23.

GOTOStep2 3.

2._

2. _ IF 1ILPSW-5 LPSW-S is closed, ILP-15 is open, AND lLP-lS V

THEN perform the following:

A. _ Open lLPSW-4.

ILPSW-4.

B. _Limit Limit total HPI flow to s;; 7S0 750 gpm including seal injection.

c.

C. _ Stop lB IB LPI PUMP.

D. _GO TO Step 23.

17. _

GO TO Step 24.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 1lA/I 800100 I EPII/AIl800/ool EPI ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 88 of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK I

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A/1 800/001 ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page99of45 of 45 I ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE J RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED 7 NOTE NOTE The DIXON The DIXON LPSW LPSWflowflowindicators indicatorsmust mustbe beused usedwhen whendetermining determiningpost postaccident accidentflow flowreadings.

readings.

18. Verify

18. Veri1t h:

both: _ IF lLP-16 IF 1LP-16 isis open, open, ALPI

'A' LPIcooler coolerLPSW LPSW flow flowDIXON DIXON has has THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

power power A. _Open A. Open lLPSW-5.

1LPSW-5.

_ 1LP-l5open lLP-15 open B. _Limit total HPI flow to S; 750 gpm B.

including seal including seal injection.

injection.

C. _Stop C. Stop lAIA LPJ LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

D.__G D. _GOTO OTOSStep 23.

tep23.

19. Verify

19. Verifboth:

both: _ 1LP-15 is IF lLP-15 is open, open, ILP-I open lLP-166 open THEN perform the following:

THEN following:

W LPI

'B' LPI cooler cooler LPSW LPSW flow flow DIXON DIXON has A. _Open Open lLPSW-4.

1 LPSW-4.

power power B. _Limit Limit total HPJHPI flow to ~ 750 gpm gpm including seal injection.

C. _ Stop 1lB B LPI PUMP.

D._GO D. _ GOTOSte TO Step 23.

p23.

---

.----------------- --1---------------------_*_----

20.

20. Throttle Throttle ILPSW-4 ILPSW-4 for for 3000-3300 gpm _ IF ILPSW-4 lLPSW-4 is closed, flow to 1A LPI cooler.

flow to 1A LPI cooler. AND ILP-16lLP-16 is open, \

THEN performperform the following:

A.

A. _Open lLPSW-5.

Open ILPSW-5.

• B.

B. _ Limit total HPJ flow Limit iHPI flow toto ~ 750 750 gpm gpm including including sealseal injection.

injection.

C.

C. _ Stop IA IA LPI LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

D.

D. _GOTO Step 23.

---

J-----

21.

21. _ Throttle Throttle 1LPSW-5 ILPSW-5 for for 3000-3300 3000-3300 gpm gpm _ IF IF 1LPSW-5 lLPSW-5 isis closed, closed, flow to lB LPI cooler.

flow to IB LPI cooler. AND AND 1LP-15 lLP-15 isis open, open, THEN THENperformperformthe the following:

following:

A.

A. _Open ILPSW-4. lLPSW-4.

B.-. Limit B. Limittotal totalHPIHPJflow flowtoto S;750 750gpm gpm includingseal

>'"..-including sealinjection.

injection.

C.C. _ Stop IBLPI Stop lB LPJPUMP.

PUMP.

D.__G D. _ GO OTOSTO tep23.

Step 23.

22.

22. _ GO GOTO TOStepStep24.

24.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP 111All 8 001001 lSoo/ool 1

EP/1/A ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page 10 10of of45 45 TNTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 512 EP/IIA118001001 EP/1/A/1 800/001 ECCSSuction

- ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page1111of45 of 45 ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED NOTE NOTE TotalLPI Total LPIflow flow= LPI LPIheader headerflow flow++HPI HPIheader flow++seal headerflow sealinjection.

injection.

23. _

23. Maximizetotal Maximize total LPI LPIflow flow

<3100

< 3100 gpmgpm by bythrottling throttling HPIUPI flow.

flow.

24. Verify

24. Verifyboth: _ GO GO TO TO Step Step26.26.

Step 88 RNO Step RNO was was used usedto to secure secure anan LPI LPI pump pump due due toto low low flow flow conditions.

conditions.

LPSW isis aligned LPSW aligned to to cooler cooler associated associated with_stopped _LPI with stopped LPI pump. pump.

---

----------I~--------------------------

25. _

25. WHEN BWST WHEN BWST level level is is $ 10',

10, THEN start y THEN start any LPI pump LPI pump previously previously stopped due stopped due toto low low flow flow conditions.

conditions.

NOTE RB level RB level of~

of 2' 2 is expected when BWST level reaches 9'. 9.

26. __ WHEN

26. WHEN BWST BWST level level is $ 9',9, AND AND RB RB level level isis rising, rising, THEN continue THEN continue in this in this enclosure. (4)

---

------1-------------------------*_--*_------

27.

27. Simultaneou Simultaneously sly open:

open: I _ IF 1I LP-1.

. LP-1919 fails to open, ILP-19 lLP-19 THEN stop the IA RBS PUMP.

1LP-20 1LP-20 2._ IF IF ILP-20 lLP-20 fails to open, THEN THEN stopstop the lB IB RES RBS PUMP.

PUMP.

--1*----

28.

28. _ IAAT IAAT BWSTBWST levellevel isis $ 6, 6', _ GO GO TOTO Step Step 33.

33.

THEN perform THEN perfonn Steps Steps 2929 - 33.

33.

---

.------------------11---------.----------.-------

29._

29. _ Verify Verify 1LP-19 lLP-19 open.

open. _ Stop IA LPI Stop IA LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

---

\------_.-----------------

30.

30. _ Verify Verify 1LP-20 1LP-20 open.

open. _ Stop 1B LPI Stop lB LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

31.

31. Simultaneou Simultaneously sly close:

close: l._

1._ IF IF IILP-21 fails to LP-2 I fails to close, close, I1LP-2 LP-21 1 THEN THEN perfonn perform the the following:

following:

1LP-22 1LP-22 __ Stop Stop IA 1ALPILPIPUMP.

PUMP.

_ Stop lARBS Stop IA RBS PUMP.

PUMP.

2.2..IF IF I lLP-22 LP-22 fails failstoto close, close,

-'iHEN THEN perform perfonnthe thefollowing:

following:

_ Stop StopI 1BBLPI LPIPUMP.

PUMP.

_ Stop StoplB1BRBSRBSPUMP.PUMP.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/lIAIl800/ool ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RilES Page Page 12 12of of45 45 IFATANYTI IF ME:

AT ANYTIME:

(28) BWST (28) BWSTlevel level isiss 6'6 ... *(transfer

. (transfersuction suctiontoto only onlythe the RB RB sump) sump)

Enclosure5.12

. Enclos\lre 5.12 EP/ltAJ18001001 EP/1/A/1 800/001 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 1313 of45 of45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

32. _ Dispatch

32. Dispatch an an operator operator to close lLP-28 to close 1LP-28 (BWST OUTLET)

(BWST OUTLET) (East (East ofofUnit Unit 11 BWST).

BWST).

33. _

33. Verify two Verify two LPI LPI pumps pumps operating.

operating. 1._

1. Maximize total

_ Maximize LPI flow << 3100 LPI flow 3100 gpm gpm by throttling by throttling HPI HPI flow.

flow.

2._ Limit 2._ Limit total total HPI HPI flow to ~ 750 flow to 750 gpm gpm including seal including injection.

seal injection.

34. _ IAAT an operating LPI

34. LPI Pump (IA (1A OR OR _ GO TO GO TO Step Step 43.

fails, 1B) fails, IB)

THEN perform perfomL Steps 35 35 - 42.

35. y LPI pump Verify any pump operating. 1.

1. IF IA1A LPI PUMP or IB lB LPI PUMP is

. available, THEN attempt to start the available LPI pump.

2._ IF y any LPI pump is operating, THEN GO TO Step 36.

3.

3._ GO TO Step 38.

36. Open valves for the running LPI pump: I. Open the following:

1.

ILP-9 I LP-9

( 1A LPI lALPI lB IBLPI LPI ILP-10 lLP-IO Pump Pump

2. Open valves for the running LPI pump:

ILP-15 ILP-16 lLP-I6 1LP-17 ILP-18 1ALPI lALPI IBLPI 1BLPI lLP-17 lLP-18 Pump Pump  ? Pump 1LPSW-4 1LPSW-4 ILPSW-5 1LPSW-5 ILP-16 1LP-16 lLP-15 ILP-15 ILP-18 lLP-18 1LP-17 ILP-17 1LPSW-5 I LPSW-5 1LPSW-4 ILPSW-4

3. Close

3. Close valves valves for for the the running running LPI LPI pump:

pump:

V 1ALPI lALPI 7 IBLPI 1BLPI

Pump Pump Pump Pump

.~

. ILP-15 lLP-15 lLP-16 ILP-16 ILP-17 1LP-17 lLP-18 1LP-18 ILPSW-4 1LPSW-4 lLPSW-5 1LPSW-5 37.

37. _ GOGO TOTO Step Step 42.

42. ._ _ _ _ _- L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP!l/A/1800/001 EP/1/A/1800/OO1 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction SwapSwap toto RBES RBES Page 14 Page 14 of of 45 45 AT ANY IF At IF ANY TIME:

TIME:

(28) BWST (28) BWST level level is is ~ 6' 6 ... (transfer

... (transfer suction suction to to only the RB only the RB sump) sump)

(34) an (34) an operating operating LPI LPI Pump Pump (lA (IA OR 1B) fails OR IB) fails .. , (verify

... (verify any any LPI operating OR LPI pump operating start Ie OR start 1C LPI LPI pump)

)

Enclosure.5.1 Enclosure 5.122 EPI 1IAI 1800/001 EP/1/AJ1 800/001 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap toto RBES RBES Page 15 Page 15 of 45 of45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 1

38. Verii:

38. VerifY: 1._

1._ Open Open lLP-7.

1LP-7.

1LP-19 open

_ lLP-19 open 2.

2._ TO Step GO TO GO Step 40.

40.

1LP-21 closed lLP-21 closed OR OR lLP-28 1LP-28 closed closed

---

1-------------

39. _ Open

39. Open lLP-6.

1LP-6. 1._ Open 1._ Open lLP-20.

1LP-20.

2.

2. Close lLP-22 Close ILP-22 OR OR lLP-28.

1LP-28.

3._ Open 3._ Open_1LP-7 lLP-7..

40. Open

40. Open valves to to align align 11 C C LPI LPI PUMP to to only

çy header that p header one that has has LPSW LPSW aligned aligned to the cooler:

LPI cooler:

LPI ALPIHDR A

LPIHDR 3 BLPIHDR 1LP-15 lLP-15 ILP-16 lLP-16 11LP-9 LP-9 ILP-10 lLP-lO

• 11LP-17 LP-17 1LP-18 lLP-18

41. 1C LPI PUMP.

Start IC

- - - - - - - - - - - --------1-----.--.----------.-------------------.-------.

42. Perform the following:

A. _ Maximize J total LPI flow <3100

< 3100 gpm by throttling HPI flow.

).

B. _Limit Limit total HPI flow to ~ 750 gpm including seal injection.

injection.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure' 5.12 EPil/A/I8001001 EP!1/AIl800Ioo1 ECCSSuction ECCS SuctiOnSwap Swap to téRBES RBES Page Page 16 16 of45 of 45 IFATANYTI IF AT ANY TIME ME (2) BWST (28) BWST level level isis ~ 6'6 ... (transfer

... (transfer suction suction to only the to only the RB sump)

RB sump)

(34) an (34) an operating operating LPI LPI Pump Pump (IA (1A OR OR 1B)1B) fails fails ... (verify

.. (verify any anyLPI LPI pump pump operating operating OR start Ie OR start 1C LPI LPI pump) pump)

~ "

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I IAI 1I1800/

8001001 EPI1IA ool ECCSSucti~n ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page17 17of45of 45 I ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSENOT NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED I 43.

43. NotifyChemistry Notify Chemistrytotoperiodically periodicallysample sample LPI discharge for boron concentration LPI discharge for boron concentration. .

44. _ IAA

44. IAAT theTSC T the TSC isisoperational, operational, THENnotify THEN notifyTSC TSC to toprovide provide guidance guidance on long term operation on long term operation ofLPI of LPI pumps.

pumps.

45.

45. WHEN lLP-28 WHEN 1LP-28 isis closed, closed, THEN continue THEN continue in this in this enclosure.

enclosure.

46. _

46. Verify ILP-19 Verify ILP-19 open.

open. _ GO GO TO TO Step Step 50.

50.

47.

47. Verify IA Verify 1A LPI LPI PUMP PUMP operating.

operating. _ IF IF TSC TSC approves approves restart, restart, THEN THEN perform perform thethe following:

following:

A. - Start A. Start 1IALPI A LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

B. _ GO B. GO TO StepStep 50.

50. ._-_.__._---_.._--

48.

48. Verify_1LP-Verify ILP-20 20open.

open. _ GO GOTO TOStep5O Step 50..

---

_._-- .c--_ _ . -*. _ - - - - - - - _ . _ . _ - - _ .. _ _ ...'!..-

49.

49. Verify 1lB Verify LPI PUMP operating.

B LPI _ IF TSC approves restart, THEN start 1lB B LPI PUMP.

50.

50. Initiate Encl5.4 Initiate End 5.4 (Makeup to the BWST) to to replenish inventory for subsequent replenish inventory use if needed.

use if needed.

51.

51. _ WHEN WHEN directed directed by CR SRO, SRO, THEN EXIT THEN EXIT this this enclosure.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1IA/l800/ool ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page 18 18of of45 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/N18001001 EP/1/AI1 800/001 ECCS Suction SuctionSwap Swap to RBES 19 of45 Page 190f45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED j_._. __ . ___

• _________ . __ .. ________________ *. _______________________

• __

• ________ ._ ** __

• _____ ._._ .* _ *. _______ u _ . . ____ ** ________________ ** ____ u ____________________

• ____ ** ____________________ j

~n~~~:~~~

Unit Status I

i LPI FLOW TRAIN A p LPI FLOW TRAIN B 23400 3400 gpm Ii i

i OR i

Only one LPI header in operation with header flow 2 2900 gpm.  :

52. _ WHEN BWST level is ~ 15', 15, THEN stop all HPI pumps.

NOTE RB level of2 of 2' 2 is expected when BWST level reaches 9'. 9.

53. _ WHEN BWST level ~ 9', 9, AND RB level is rising, THEN continue procedure.

54. Simultaneously open: 1._ IF 1LP-19 fails to open, ILP-19 lLP-19 THEN stop the IA l RBS PUMP.

11LP-20 LP-20 2._ IF ILP-20 1LP-20 fails to open,

. THEN stop the 1lB B RBS PUMP.

---

_._----------_._---------1------------------------.-------

55. _ IAAT MAT BWST level is ~ 6', 6, _ GO TO Step 60.

THEN perform Steps Steps_56 56 - 59.

---

1-------------------_._----_.-

56. _ Verify lLP-19 ILP-19 open. _ Stop the lA 1A LPI PUMP.

---

*--1---*

57. _ Verify_ILP-20 Verify I LP-20 open. _ Stop the IlB B LPI PUMP.

---

_. _--_._-------1------------------------------

58. Simultaneously close: 1._ IF lLP-21 1LP-21 fails to close, 11LP-21 LP-2 1 THEN perform the following:

11LP-22 LP-22

_ Stop lA 1A LPI PUMP.

_ Stop 1I A RBS PUMP.

2.

2._ IF lLP-22 1LP-22 fails to close, THEN perform the following:

_Stop Stop IB lB LPI PUMP.

_ Stop 11 B RBS PUMP.

---

_*_-----------------1------

59. _ Dispatch an operator to close lLP-28 1LP-28 (BWST OUTLET) (East of Unit 11 ";:- .

BWST).

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/AJ1 800/001 ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page20 20of45 of 45 IFAT IF ATANYTIME:

ANY TIME:

(55) BWSTlevel (55) BWST level isis ~ 6'6 ... (transfer

... (transfersuction suctionto to only onlythe theRB RBsump) sump)

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 . BP/1/AlI800/001 i

EP/1/AIl800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap to RBES Swap to RBES Page Page 21 21 of of 45 45 ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

60. Verify any

60. Verify are open:

y are open: _

GO TO GO TO Step Step 63.

63.

1LPSW-4 lLPSW-4 1ILPSW5 LPSW-S Verifybothare

61. Verify both are open: 1._ IF ILPSW-4 L_ 1LPSW-4 is closed, closed, 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 AND flow exists on 11LPSW-5 LPSW-S TRAiN B, LPI FLOW TRAIN THEN perform the following:

A. _Open lLPSW-S.

B. _ Stop lAIA LPI PUMP.

C. Close lLP-17.

D. _GO TO Step 67.

2._ IF lLPSW-S 1LPSW-5 is closed, AND flow exists on LPI FLOW TRAIN A, THEN perform the following:

Open lLPSW-4.

A. _Open 1LPSW-4.

B. _ Stop IlB B LPI PUMP.

C. Close lLP-18.

D. _ GO TO Step 67.

62. _

GO TO Step 67. _ _ _1_ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .-----

Enc1osure:512 Enc1osure5~12 EP/1/ Al1800/00 EP!1/AI1 1 800/bOl ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap*to Swap toRBES RBES Page Page22 22 of45 of 45 IF AT IF AT ANYTIME:

ANY TIME:

(55) BWST (55) BWST level level is:::;

is 6'6 ... (transfer (transfer suction suction to to only only the the RB RB sump) sump)

':C-.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EPI 1IAJ 18001001 EP/1/AI1 800/00 1 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap toto RBES RBES Page Page 23 23 of45 of 45 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED I

[

• NOTE NOTE The DIXON The LPSW flow DIXON LPSW flow indicators indicators must must be used when be used when determining determining post post accident accident flow flow readings.

readings.

63. _

63. Verify 'A' Verify A LPI LPI cooler cooler LPSW LPSW flow flow IF flow IF flow exists exists on on DIXON has DIXON has power.

power. LPI FLOW LPI FLOW TRAINTRAiN B, B, THEN perform the following:

THEN following:

A. _Open A. Open lLPSW-5.

1LPSW-5.

B.

B. _Stop lA 1A LPI LPI PUMP.

C. Close lLP-17.

1LP-17.

D.__GO D. _GO TO Step 67.

64. _

B LPI cooler LPSW flow Verify 'B' IF flow exists on DIXON has power. LPI FLOW TRAIN A, THEN perform the following:

A. _OpenOpen lLPSW-4.

1LPSW-4.

B. _Stop Stop IB lB LPI PUMP.

C. 1LP-l8.

Close ILP-18.

D. _GOTO GO TO Step 67.

• 65. _ Throttle lLPSW-4 1LPSW-4 for 3000-3300 gpm _ IF flow exists on flow to the lA IA LPI cooler. LPI FLOW TRAIN B, THEN perform the following:

A. Close 1LPSW-4.

lLPSW-4.

B. _Open lLPSW-5.

C. _ Stop 1A IA LPI PUMP.

D. Close ILP-17.

lLP-17.

E.

E. _GO TO Step Step 67.

67.

---

*---------1--------------*------*----

66.

Throttle ILPSW-5

66. _ Throttle lLPSW-5 for 3000-33 3000-330000 gpm gpm _ IFIF flow exists exists on on flow to the lB LPI to the IB LPI cooler.

cooler. LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAIN TRAIN A, A, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

A.

A. Close Close ILPSW-5.

lLPSW-5.

B.;:~_. Open Open ILPSW-4.

ILPSW-4.

C.

C. _ Stop Stop lB 1B LPI LPI PUMP.

PUMP.

D.

D. - Close lLP-18.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/AI18001001 EP/1/A!l800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to té RBES RBES Page Page 24 24 of45 of 45 AT ANY IF AT IF ANY TIME:

TIME:

(55) BWST level (55) BWST level is::=::;

is 6'6 ... (transfer

.. (transfer suction suction to to only only the the RB RB sump) sump)

',':"0

\ -

Enclosure 5.12

- Enclosure 5.12 EPJ1/A/1800/0Ol EP/I/A/1800/00I Suction Swap ECCS Suction Swap to RBES of 45 Page 25 of45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

67. _

IAAT an operating LPI Pump (IA (1A OR _ GO TO Step 75.

1B) fails, IB) perform Steps 68 - 74.

THEN perfonn - V y LPI pump operating.

68. _ Verify ill1Y _

GO TO Step 71.

Perform for the running LPI pump:

69. Perfonn 1. Open the following:

74 lAl LPI Pump lB LPI Pump IB 11LP9 LP-9 1LP-10 I LP- 17 Open 1LP-17 1 LP- 18 Open ILP-18 Perform for the running LPI pump:

2. Perfonn ILP-1 8 Close 1LP-18 1LP..17 Close ILP-17 1LPSW-5 1A LPI Pump lA lB LPI Pump IB Close lLPSW-5 - Close 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 Open ILPSW-4 ILPSW-5 Open 1LPSW-5 Open 1LP-18 ' Open ILP-17 1LP-17 Close lLP-17 Close 1LP-18 Close lLPSW-4 1LPSW-4 ILPSW-5 Close lLPSW-5 1LPSW-5 Open lLPSW-5 ILPSW-4 Open 1LPSW-4

70. _

GO TO Step 75. V

71. Verify: 1._ Open lLP-7. ILP-7.

_ 1LP-19 open 2.

2._ GO TO Step 73.

1LP-28 closed 1LP-21 closed OR lLP-28

---

1---------

72. _

Open 1LP-6. 1.

1._ Open ILP-20.

lLP-20.

2._

2. Close ILP-22 lLP-22 OR ILP-28.

lLP-28.

3.

3._ Open 1LP-7. lLP-7.

73. Open valves to align 11C C LPI PUMP to all headers with LPSW aligned:

aALPIHDR A LPIHDR BLPIHDR ILP-9 1LP-9 1LP-10 lLP-lO 1LP-17 ILP-18 lLP-18

74. Start 11C C LPI PUMP.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A!l 800/00 1 ECCSSuctio ECCS Suction n Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 26 26 of45 of 45 IF AT ANYTIME:

IF AT ANY TIME:

(55) BWST (55) BWST level level isis ::; 6'6 ... (transfer

... (transfer suction suction to to only only the the RB RB sump) sump)

(67) an (67) an operating operating LPI LPI PumpPump (lA (1A OR OR IB) 1B) fails fails ... (verifY

... (verify any any LPI LPI pump pump operating OR start operating OR start 1IC C LPI LPI pump) pump)

5.12 Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure EP/I/AI1800/001 EP/1/AIl800/ool ECCSSuction Swap ECCSSuction Swap to to RBES REES Page Page 27 27 of45 of 45 I ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED I

75. Open: _ Continue procedure.

- 1 HP-939 IHP-939 1 HP-940 IHP-940 _ _ .M

76. _

Notify Chemistry to periodically sample LPI discharge for boron concentration.

77. Close: _ Continue procedure.

1LP-15 lLP-15 I LP- 16 ILP-16

78. _

WHEN lLP-28 1LP-28 is closed, ThEN THEN _.H. _ _ _ _ _ in this enclosure.

continue

79. _ Verify ILP-191LP-19 open. _ GO TO Step 83.

80. _

Verify lA I A LPI PUMP operating. _ IF TSC approves restart, THEN perform the following:

A. -

Start IA 1A LPI PUMP.

B.

B.__ GO GOTO TO Step 83. .._.H. _______._ _ _ _

81. _

Verify 1LP-20ILP-20 open. _ GO TO Step 83.

82. _

Verify 1I B LPI PUMP operating. _

IF TSC approves restart, THEN start 1lB B LPI PUMP.

83. _ Initiate Encl5.4 End 5.4 (Makeup to the BWST) to replenish inventory for subsequent use if needed.

84. _

WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

'~.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EPI 1IAI 18001001 EP/1/A/1 800/00 1 ECCS Suction

.. ECCS SuctIon Swap Swap toto RBES RBES Page Page 28 28 of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY TIllS INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/A11800/00l EP/t/AlI800/001 ECCS Suction Swap to RBES of 45 Page 29 of45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

85. Open:

ILP-6 lLP-6 IILP-7 LP-7 1LP-9 lLP-9 1I LP-lO LP- 10 I LP- 17 lLP-17 1LP-18 lLP-18

86. Start 11C C LPI PUMP.

87. Verify either: _

GO TO Step 89.

_ LPI FLOW TRAIN A p plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B ~ 3400 gpm

_ Only one LPI header is operating, AND flow in that header is ~ 2900 gpm

88. _ GO TO Step 121.

GOTO_Step

89. _

Verify three HPI pumps operating. _ GO TO Step 91.

90. _

Stop IBlB HPI PUMP.

91. Simultaneously open: I. _

1. IF 1ILP-1 LP-155 is closed, 1LP-15 ILP-15 THEN perform the following:

ILP-16 lLP-16 A. IF NO flow on LPI FLOW TRAIN TRAiN A, THEN close lLP-9. 1LP-9.

B. _ GO TO Step 92.

2.

2._ ILP-16 is closed, IF lLP-16 AND NO flow on LPI FLOW TRAIN B

. THEN close lLP-lO. 1LP-l0.

NOTE Total LPI flow == LPI header flow + + HPI header flow + + seal injection.

92. Maximize total LPI flow

< 2900 gpm by throttling HPI flow.

93. _ Limit total HPI flow to to':::; 750 gpm including seal injection.  :".

94. Place LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK switch in DISABLE.

. Enclosure Enclosure5.12 5.12 EPl1/A/I800/001 Ep/11A11800/oO1 ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page30 30of45 of 45 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALL INTENTIONALLY Y BLANK I

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/A/l800/ool EPil/A/I8001001 ECCS Suction Swap ECCS Suction Swap to RBES to RBES Page 31 Page 31 of4S of 45 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

95. Position

95. Position valve valve switches switches to to close close until until valve valve _

Continue procedure.

Continue procedure.

travel is travel initiated:

is initiated:

1IHP-23 HP-23 11HP-24 HP-24

_ 1HP-25 {3)

IHP-25 {3}

Simultaneously position valve switches to

96. Simultaneously _ Continue procedure.

Continue open until valve travel is initiated:

1HP-939 lHP-939 11 HP-940 HP -940 y are open:

97. Verify any _

GO TO Step 100.

1I LPSW-4 1ILPSW-5 LPSW-S Verify

98. Verify both are open: 1.

~._ ILPSW-4 is closed, IF lLPSW-4 ILPSW-4 lLPSW-4 ILP-l6 is open, AND lLP-16 11LPSW-5 LPSW-S THEN perform the following:

A. _Open lLPSW-5.

B. _ Limit total HPI flow to ~ 750 gpm R

gprn injectiQn.

including seal injectiqn.

C. ILP-9.

Close lLP-9.

D. _GO TO Step 105.

2._ IF 1LPSW-5 ILPSW-5 is closed, AND 1LP-15 ILP-IS is open, THEN perform the following:

• A. _ Open IlLPSW-4. LPSW4.

R _ Limit total HPI flow to ~ 750 B. 7S0 gpm including seal injection.

C. Close 1LP-10.

lLP-lO.

D.

D. _GOTO GOTO Step_105.

Step lOS.

99. _ GO TO Step 106. 106.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12. EP/I/A/1800/001 EP/1/AIl800/ool ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotorulES RBES Page Page32 32of45 of 45 I INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY

~ ..

Enclosure 5.12

Enclosure 5.12 EP /1/All 800/00 EP/1/A/1 800/0011 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap toto RBES RBES Page Page 3333 of45 of 45 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 1 NOTE NOTE The DIXON LPSW The DIXON LPSW flow flow indicators indicators must must be be used used when when determining determining post post accident accident flow flow readings.

readings.

100.Verif 100. both:

Verify both: _ IF lLP-16 IF 1LP-l6is is open, open, LPI cooler A LPI

'A' cooler LPSW LPSW flow flow DIXON DIXON hashas THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

power A. _

A. 1LPSW-5.

Open lLPSW-S.

_ 1LP-15 open 1LP-IS open B.

B. _ Limit total HPI flow LimitIjHPIfl to:::; 7S0 gpm owto750gpm including seal including seal injection.

injection.

C. - Close lLP-9.

1LP-9.

D. _ GO TO Step lOS. 105.

---

**----------1-------*---------------

101.Verifyboth:

101. Verify both: _ IFILP-l5isop IF ILP-IS is open, en, B LPI cooler LPSW flow DIXON has

'B' THEN perform the following:

power A. _ Open lLPSW-4.

ILPSW-4.

_ ILP-16 open 1LP-16 B. _ LimitiHP1flo Limit total HPI flow to:::; 7S0 gpm wto750gpm including seal injection.

C. - Close ILP-IO.

ILP-l0.

D. _ GO TO Step lOS. 105.

---

*-----------------11-- -------_._-_._.-

102._ Throttle 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 for 3000-3300 gpm _

IF ILPSW-4 lLPSW-4 is closed, flow to IA LPI cooler. AND ILP-16 lLP-16 is open, THEN perform the following:

. A. _ Open 1LPSW-5.

lLPSW-S.

B. _ Limit total HPI flow to :::; 750 7S0 gpm including seal injection.

C. - Close 1LP-9.

ILP-9.

D. _ GO TO Step 105.

105.

---

*--*--*-------*-----------f------------*--*-*-------.----

103.

103._ Throttle ILPSW-5 lLPSW-S for 3000-3300 3000-3300 gpm gpm _ IF ILPSW-5 ILPSW-S is is closed, flow to lB 1B LPI cooler.

cooler. AND AND 1LP-15 lLP-lS is is open, open, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

A.

A. _ Open Open 1LPSW-4.

lLPSW-4.

B. _ Limit B. Limit total IIP1HPJ flow to to :::; 750 7S0 gpm gpm including including sealseal injection.

injection.

C.

C. - CloseClose ILP-10.

1LP-1O.

D.\,,_** GO D. GO TO TO Step Step 105.

105.

104.__GO 104._ GO TO TO Step Step 106.

106.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EPI1/AJl800/ool EP/I/A/18001001 ECCS Suction Swap ECCS Suction Swap to to RBES RI3ES Page Page 34 34 of45 of 45

//

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK I

Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/A/1 800/00 1 EP/I/A/18001001 ECCS Suction Swap to RBES Page 35 of45 of 45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

• NOTE Total LPI flow =

= LPI header flow + HPI header flow + + seal injection.

1 05._ Maximize total LPI flow < 2900 gpm by 105._

throttling HPI flow.

---

~-----------------~--------------------------------

NOTE 2 is expected when BWST level reaches 9'.

RB level of 2: 2' 9.

106.

106._ WHEN BWST level is s 9', 9, AND RB level is rising, THEN continue in this enclosure. (4)

(4) 107.Simultaneously 107. Simultaneously open: 1._

1. _ IF 1 ILP-19 LP-19 fails to open, ILP-19 lLP-19 THEN perform the following:

11LP-20 LP-20 A. __ Stop the lA 1A RBS PUMP.

. B. Close lLP-6.

1LP-6.

2._ IF lLP-20 ILP-20 fails to open,

. THEN perform the following:

A. __ Stop the IB lB RBS PUMP.

B. 1LP7.

Close lLP-7.

---

1----------------------------------

108.

108._ IAAT BWST level is s 6',6, _ GO TO Step 111.

Ill.

THEN perform Steps 109 - 111.

---

(---------------------------------_._--

109. Simultaneously close:

109.Simultaneously I.

1._ I LP-2 I fails to close, IF lLP-21 1LP-2l lLP-21 THEN perform the following:

11LP-22 LP-22 __ Stop IA RBS PUMP.

Close 1LP-6.

lLP-6.

2.

2._ IF ILP-22 lLP-22 fails to close, THEN perform the following:

__ Stop 1lBB RBS PUMP.

Close ILP-7.

lLP-7.

---

/----------------------------------

11 0._ Dispatch an operator to close 1ILP-28 LP-28 (BWST OUTLET) (East of Unit 11 BWST). '~.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 .

EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A!1800/001 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 36 36 of45 of 45 IF AT IF AT ANYTIME:

ANYTIME:

(108)

(108) BWST level BWST level is is ~ 6' 6 ... (transfer

... (transfer suction suction to to only only thethe RBRB sump) sump)

.~.

)

Enclosure 5.12 EPI1/A/1800/oo1 EP/1/AlI800/001 ECCS Suction Swap to RBES of 45 Page 37 of45 I ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I 1 11 .Perform the following:

111.Perform A. _Maximize total LPI flow < < 2900 gpm by throttling HPI flow.

Limit total HPI flow to ~ 750 gpm B. _Limit including seal injection.

1 12.

112._ Notify Chemistry to periodically sample LPI discharge for boron concentration.

IAAT the TSC is operational, 1 13._ lAAT

.113._

THEN notify TSC to provide guidance for recovery of LPI pumps.

1 1 4._ WHEN 1I LP-28 is closed, 114.

THEN continue in this enclosure.

1 15.__Verify 115._ Verify 1LP-19 open. _

GO TO Step 119.

GOTOStepl19.

--- ------------------------_._.1---._-----------------_._----.-------

1LP-6 open.

1 16._ Verify lLP-6 116._ _

IF TSC approves, THEN perform the following:

A. _. Open 1LP-6.

1LP-6.

B._GOTO B. _GO TO Step 119.

1LP-20 open.

1 17._ Verify ILP-20 117._ _

GO TO Step 119.

118.

118._ Verify 1LP-7 open. _

IF TSC approves, THEN open 1LP-7.

119._ End 5.4 (Makeup to the BWST) 1 19._ Initiate Encl5.4 to replenish inventory for subsequent use if needed.

1 20._ WHEN directed by CR SRO, 120._

THEN EXIT this enclosure.

tr*

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/AI1800/001 EP/1/A/l800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS SucfiOn Swap Swap totoRBES RBES Page Page 38 38 of of45 45 INTENTIONALLY THIS PAGE INTENTIONALL Y BLANK

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EPl1/A/I8001001 EP/1/A/1800/O01 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES flEES Page 39 Page 39 of45 of 45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED r------------------------------------------------------------------------------------u~ii-St_;t;~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 i Unit Status i I LPI FLOW LPI FLOW TRAIN TRAIN A A plusp LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAIN TRAIN B B ~ 34003400 gpm gpm i

!; OR OR 1 i i

! Only one Only one LPI LPI headerheader in in operation operation with with header l .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. __________ .. __________ . __ .. _. __ .. _. __ .. _______ .. __ ._. _____ . _____ .. ________ ._. ________ 0. __

• header flow flow ~ 2900 2900 gpm. gpm.

.1 121._ WHEN BWST 121.

THEN stop BWST level stop all HPI level is:::;

HPI pumps.

is IS',

pumps.

15,

[

NOTE RB level level of~ of 2' 2 isis expected when BWST level reaches 9'. 9.

122. WHEN BWST level:::; level 9', 9, AND RB level is rising, THEN continue procedure.

Simultaneously open:

123. Simultaneously I. _

1. IF 1I LP-19LP- 19 fails to open, 1LP-19 THEN perform the following:

1ILP-20 LP-20 A. _ Stop the lA IA RBS PUMP.

. B. Close lLP-6. 1LP-6.

2.

2._ IF 1LP-20 lLP-20 fails to open, THEN perform the following:

A. _ Stop the 1lB B RBS PUMP.

B. Close ILP-7. lLP-7.

124._

124. IAATBWST level is is:::; 6, 6', _ GO TO Step 127.

THEN perform Steps 125 125 - 126. - 126.

---

~----------------------------------------------

125.Simultan 125. Simultaneously eously close: 1. _ IF 1LP-21 ILP-21 fails to close, close, 1LP-21 THEN perform the following:

1LP-21 1LP..22 _ Stop 1ARBSPUM 1A RBS PUMP. P.

1LP-22 Close Close ILP-6. 1LP-6.

2.

2._ IF IF 1LP-22 1LP-22 fails to to close, close, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

following:

_Stop Stop lB IB RBS RBS PUMP. PUMP.

"-Close Close IILP-7 LP-7 126._ Dispatch 126. Dispatch an an operator operator to to close close ILP-28 1LP-28 (BWST (BWST OUTLET) OUTLET) (East (East of ofUnit Unit II BWST).

BWST).

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A118001001 ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 40 40 of45 of 45 IF AT IF AT ANYTIME:

ANY TIME:

(124)

(124) BWST level BWST level isis ~ 6'6 ... (transfer

... (transfer suction suction to to only only thethe RB RB sump) sump)

.~

5.12 Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/AJl800/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap.to Swap to RBESRBES Page Page 41 41 of45 of 45 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 127.Verify 127. Verify any are open:

y are open: _

GO TO GO TO Step Step 130.

130.

1ILPSW-4 LPSW-4 1ILPSW-5 LPSW-S 128.Verify both are 128.Verify open:

are open: 1.

1._ IF 1LPSW-4 IF ILPSW-4 is is closed, closed, 11LPSW-4 LPSW-4 AND flow flow exists exists on LPI FLOW TRAIN LPI FLOW TRAIN B, B, 1ILPSW-5 LPSW-S THEN perfonn perform the following:

the following:

A. _Open 1LPSW-S.

B. 1LP-17.

Close 1LP-17.

C. _GO TO Step 134.

2. IF 1LPSW-S 2.:::" ILPSW-5 is closed, AND flow exists on LPI FLOW TRAIN A, THEN perfonn perform the following:

ILPSW-4.

A. _Open 1LPSW-4.

B. Close 1LP-18.

C. _ GO TO Step 134.

129._ GO TO Step 134.

Enclosure 5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/1/All 800/00 EP/1/A11800 /OO1I ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap*

Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 42 42 of of45 45 IF AT ANYTIME:

IF AT ANY TIME: .

(124)

(124) BWST level isis s 6'6 ... (transfer BWST level ... (transfer suction suction to to only only the the RB RB sump) sump)

Enclosure S.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP 111All 800100 EPI1/A/l800 1

/ool ECCS Suction ECCS Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 43 43 of45 of 45 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED I

_NOTE NOTE The DIXON The DIXON LPSW LPSW flow flow indicators indicators must must be be used when determining used when determining post post accident accident flow flow readings.

readings.

I 30. Verify 130._ Verif 'A' LPI cooler A LPI cooler LPSW LPSW flow flow IF flow IF flow exists exists on on DIXON has DIXON has power. power. LPI FLOW LPI FLOW TRAIN TRMN B, B, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

following:

A. _ Open ILPSW-5.

A. 1LPSW-5.

B. - Close ILP-17.

. C. _GO TO Step 134.

C. 134.

.--------~---

131.

131._ Verif 'B' Verify B LPI cooler LPSW flow IF flow exists on DIXON has power. LPI FLOW TRAIN A, THEN perform the following:

A. _Open Open lLPSW-4.

ILPSW-4.

B. -

Close ILP-18.

1LP-18.

C. _ GO TO Step 134.

132._ Throttle 1ILPSW-4 LPSW-4 for 3000-3300 gpm - IF flow exists on flow to the 1I A LPI cooler. LPI FLOW TRAIN B, THEN perform the following:

A. - Close ILPSW-4.

B. _Open ILPSW-5.

ILPSW-S.

C. - Close ILP-17.

D. _ GO TO Step 134.

D. 134.

133._

133. Throttle Throttle ILPSW-5 ILPSW-S for 3000-3300 3000-3300 gpm gpm IF flow exists IF exists on on flow to the I B LPJ cooler.

to the 1B LPI cooler. LPI LPI FLOW FLOW TRAIN TRAIN A, A, THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following:

A.

A. - CloseClose ILPSW-5.

ILPSW-S.

B.

B. _Open lLPSW-4.

C.

C. -

Close Close 1LP-18.

ILP-18.

Enclosure5.12 Enclosure 5.12 EP/I/N18001001 EP/1/AIl800/ool ECCSSuction ECCS SuctionSwap SwaptotoRBES RBES Page Page44 44of45 of 45 IFAT IF ATANYTIME:

ANY TIME:

(124)

(124) BWSTlevel BWST level is:s; is 6'6 ... (transfer

... (transfersuction suctionto to only onlythe theRB RB sump) sump)

Enclosure Enclosure 5.12 5.12 EPIIIA11800100l EPI1/AIl800/ool.

ECCS ECCS Suction Suction Swap Swap to to RBES RBES Page Page 45 45 of45 of 45 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 134. Open:

134. Open: _ Continue procedure.

1HP-939 1HP-939 11 HP-940 HP-940 135._ Notify Chemistry to periodically sample 135._

LPI discharge for boron concentration.

136.Close:

136.Close: _ Continue procedure.

1LP-l.5 lLP-15 1LP-16 lLP-16 137. WHEN 1ILP-28 137._ WHEN LP-28 is closed, THEN continue in this enclosure.

138.

138._ Verify 1LP-19 ILP-19 open. _ GO TO Step 142142..

139._ Verify 1ILP-6 LP-6 is open. _ IF TSC approves, THEN perform the following:

A._

A. _ Open 1LP-6.

ILP-6.

B._

B. _ GO TO Step 142.

GOTOStep 140._ Verify 1LP-20 ILP-20 open. _

GO GOTOTO Step 142.

141._ Verify 1ILP-7 LP-7 is open. _ IF TSC approves, THEN open 1LP-7.

lLP-7.

142._ Initiate Encl5.4 End 5.4 (Makeup to the BWST) to replenish inventory for subsequent use if needed.

143._ WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

W4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALL LLYY BLANK

CRO-013 fnl Page 11 of 14 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-Ol 3 CRO*013 ALIGN MDEFDWP SUCTION TO THE HOTWELL AND FEED THE STEAM GENERATORS CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-013 fnl 14 Page 2 of 14 REGION IIII INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Align MDEFDWP Suction To The Hotwell And Feed The Steam Generators Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

CRO-013 KIA Rating(s):

System: APEO54 APE054 K/A:

KIA: AA1.O1 AA1.01 Rating: 45/4.4 4.5/4.4 Task Standard:

The MDEFDWPs are aligned to the hotwell and providing flow to the SG's SGs within limits prior to reaching a level of 11 foot in the UST.

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _X_X In-Plant _ _ Perform X X Simulate

References:

EPI1/N18001001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operaton)

EP/11A11800/001 Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: _ _ __

NAME Time Finish: - - - -

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: _ _ __

Examiner: ______________

Examiner: I NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMM ENTS COMMENTS

CRO-013 fnl Page 3 of 14 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

Snap2lO

1. Recall Snap 210 lmportfilesforCRO-013

2. Import files for CRO*013

3. Place CST pump switches in RUN (the pumps are failed OFF)

4. Go to RUN G0t0RUN

CRO-013 fnl Page 4 of 14 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EP/1/A!1800/OO1 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW EP/1/A/18001001 Operation)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The TDEFDWP is unavailable. Actions of the EOP have been completed. Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) has been initiated per Rule 3 and is completed up to Step 104.

Main FDW is not expected back for several hours. OW DW and CST makeup capability to the UST has been lost.

INITIATING CUES:

Procedure Director directs you to continue performance of Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).).

Operation

CRO-013 fnl Page 5 of 14 STARTTIME:

START TIME: _ __

STEP 1: Step 104 WHEN UST level is < 4'

<4 SAT THEN dispatch two operators to perform Enclosure 5.24 (Operation of -

ADV5) in preparation for loss of vacuum.

ADVs)

STANDARD: Monitors UST level and determines that level is less than four feet. - UNSAT Dispatches two operators to perform Enclosure 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

Continues to Step 105 COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Step 105 Verify power available to 1V-186

- SAT STANDARD: Determines that power is available to 1 IV-186 V-186 by observing valve position indication is illuminated.

- UNSAT Continues to Step 106 Booth cue: Reduce UST level to < <33 feet (75,000) over 30 seconds.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: Step 106 WHEN UST level is < <33' THEN stop all CBPs - SAT STANDARD: Monitors UST level and determines that level is less than three feet.

- UNSAT Stops all CBPs by rotating the switches to the OFF position.

Continues to Step 107 COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl Page Page 6 14 6 0off14 STEP 4: Step 107 CRITICAL STEP aH HWPs.

Stop ill[

SAT STANDARD: ll Hotwell Pumps by rotating the switches to the OFF position.

Stops ill[

Continues to Step 108

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 5: Step 108 Dispatch an operator with a safety harness to 1 1 C-573 (MD EFDWPS SUCTION FROM UST). -

SAT STANDARD: Checks procedure "note" note for step.

Dispatches NEO to 1 1C-573.

C-573. - UNSAT Continues to Step 109 Booth cue: Inform student NEO is dispatched COMMENTS:

STEP 6: Step 109 CRITICAL STEP Open 1V-186

- SAT STANDARD: Locate valve switch and rotate to open position and verifies red open light illuminates.

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl Page 7 0off 14 Page STEP 7: Step 110 all main vacuum pumps.

Stop §!!

SAT STANDARD: Verifies all three MVPs are OFF Continues to Step 111

- UNSAT U NSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Step 111 Close the following:

- SAT

• • 1 MS-47 1MS-47

• • 1 AS-40 1AS-40

- UNSAT UN SAT STANDARD: Rotates 1 1 MS-47 switch in the closed direction.

Verifies 1 AS-40 green closed light on and the red open light off.

1AS-40 Continues to Step 112 COMMENTS:

STEP 9: Step 112 IAAT UST level < 1',

<1, AND 1 C-573 (MD EFWPS SUCTION FROM UST) is open, 1C-573 - SAT THEN:

• • Stop §!!

all EFDW pumps UNSAT

• • Close 1 FDW -315 1FDW-315 -

• • Close 1FDW-316 STANDARD: IAAT UST level is <1 foot and 1 1 C-573 is open, stop both MDEFDW Pumps and close 1FDW-315/316 1FDW-315!316 Continues to Step 113 Note: Step is N/A if conditions do not exist.

COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl P age 8 0off14 Page 14 STEP1O:

STEP 10: Stepll3 Step 113 Reduce MD EFDWP flow to < 440 gpm per pump.

<440

- SAT Notify crew of MDEFWP flow limit while aligned to hotwell.

STANDARD: Reduces MDEFWP flows to < 440 gpm

<440 - UNSAT Notifies crew of MDEFWP flow limit Continues to Step 114 COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 114 CRITICAL STEP WHEN vacuum is broken as indicated by vacuum no longer decreasing,

- SAT THEN locally close 1 I C-573 (MD EFDWPS SUCTION FROM UST).

STANDARD: Contacts NEO to close 1C-573. - UNSAT Booth cue: Approximately 2 minutes after 1V-186 IV-186 is opened by the NEO, inform in form the student that for exam purposes (using time compression) vacuum is broken.

Booth cue: Inform student that (using time compression) 1C-573 IC-573 is closed.

Continues to Step 115 COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl Page 9 0off14 Page 14 STEP 12:

STEP12: Stepll5 Step 115 Verify MD EFDWPS were stopped due to UST level < 1.'.

< 1

- SAT STANDARD: Verifies status of MDEFWPS - ON or OFF Continues to Step 116 If MDEFWPS were stopped Continues to Step 117 If MDEFWPS were not stopped - UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 13:

STEP13: Step 116 Stepll6 Restart aH MDEFWPs that were stopped due to UST level <1 foot.

Restart.ill!

Resume feeding available SGs. SAT STANDARD: MDEFWPs are started if required (Step is N/A if the pumps were not secured).

- UNSAT Continues to Step 117 COMMENTS:

STEP 15:

STEP15: Step 117 Stepll7 Stop 11 TD EFDW PUMP.

- SAT STANDARD: Recognizes that TDEFDWP is OFF.

Continues to Step 118

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-013 CRO-013 fnlfnl Page 10 Page 10 0off14 14 STEP16:

STEP 16: Stepll8 Step 118 Locally close Locally close 1iC-i 57 (TD C-157 (TD EFDWP EFDWP Suction Suction from from UST).

UST).

- SAT SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Dispatches an Dispatches NEO to an NEO to close close 1C-157.10-157.

Booth cue: Inform In form student that (using time compression) 1C-157 IC-157 is closed. UNSAT Continues to Step 119119 COMMENTS:

STEP 17: Step 119 10-391 OPEN 1C-391

- SAT STANDARD: Rotates the switch in the open direction.

Continues to Step 120 UNSAT UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 18: Step 120 IAAT 1 1 TDEFDWP operation is desired, AND hotweillevel hotwell level is >1

>1, THEN start 1 1 TD EFDW PUMP. -

SAT STANDARD: Recognizes from turnover that TDEFDWP is not available.

Continues to Step 121121 -

UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl Page Page 11 11 of 0 f 14 14 19:

STEP 19: Step 121 121 Dispatch an operator to open the following:

• • 1C-188 10-188 (HOTWELL Emergency Makeup #1 Control Bypass) -

SAT

• • 1 C-912 (UST RISER TO HW EMERG MAKEUP #2 AUTO ISOL.10-912 ISOL .

BYPASS)

UNSAT STANDARD: Dispatches an NEC NEO to open 1C-188.10-188.

Dispatches an NECNEO to open 1C-912.10-912.

Booth cue: In form candidate that (using time compression) 1C-1BB Inform IC-188 and 1C-912 IC-912 are open.

Continues to Step 122 122 COMMENTS:

STEP 20: Step 122 Notify TSC to evaluate methods to maintain secondary inventory.

- SAT STANDARD: Notifies TSC Continues to Step 123 UNSAT In form student: TSC will evaluate secondary inventory Booth cue: Inform -

COMMENTS:

STEP 21:

STEP21: Step 123 IAAT hotweillevel hotwell level is s; 1",

1, THEN stop .ill!all EFDWPs.

SAT STANDARD: Determine that hotwell level is greater than 1 1 inch.

UNSAT Continues to Step 124 -

COMMENTS:

CRO-013 fnl Page 12 12 of 14 22:

STEP 22: 124 Step 124 directed by CR SRO, WHEN directed enclosure.

THEN EXIT this enclosure.

SAT STANDARD: Inform CR SRO Inform CR SRO that this enclosure enclosure is is complete.

Cue: SRO acknowledges enclosure is complete. This completes this JPM. UNSAT COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-013 CRO-013 fnl Page Page 13 13 of 14 14 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 4 aM HWPs to prevent damage to the MDEFDWP by decreasing NPSH STOP ill[

6 Condenser vacuum must be broken thus increasing the NPSH to the EFDWPs. This prevents EFDWP damage due to not meeting suction head requirements when Hotwell level is << 3 ft.

11 Closing 11 C-573 prevents air introduction into the pumps suction, thus preventing pump cavitation and possible pump damage.

CRO-013 fnl 14 14 of 14 Page 14 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The TDEFDWP is unavailable. Actions of the EOP have been completed. Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) has been initiated per Rule 3 and is completed up to Step 104. Main FDW is not expected back for several hours. DW and CST makeup capability to the UST has been lost.

INITIATING CUES:

Procedure Director directs you to continue performance of Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).

Encl En C?~ sire SJJ.,

5.9 '~",

. EPiliA1800/

EP/IIN Ii 800/000011 Exte Ed~cle eW ~~WOp ~ti0ll u Page 11 of29 of 29 ACTIO ACTIONJEX NIEXP PECT ECIEDED-RE RESPO SPON SE i

"~ ,

NSE RESPO REsP NSE NOT ONSE NOTOOBTA BtAlN INED ED ,rI

,1.

. 1. L jMon Moni ~ EFDW param itor graphic display ters o~.-J¥.w parameeters onEFW,:.

.". '~",

. .; " : ~: .

2. MIAAT JAAT US' USTf levelis level is <

<4, 4',

TBEN THEN~()T GO TO OSteStep p 104.

3. !1. IAAT feedin feedg'both ing SOSSOs with one 4o

-./GO TO Step 8.

MD lvi]) EFDWP is desired,

• TllENperform THEN Steps4 perform Steps 4 --7.7.

4. Place EFDW control valve on SG Pl8ce SO with NO EFDW NOEF DW flow to MANUAL and closed:

r-lfj.

. IIDW 1ASG lASG 1FDW-3IS

-315

~

11 1BSG roSG IIDW-316 .:

I

5. Locally open the following:

_ IFDW-313 IFDW -313(IA (lAEFEFDWDWL LINED lNED ISCH TO lA IA SIG Sf0 X-CONN)

(T-l, l'N (T-I, ZNofM ofM-1-16, 18up) 6; 18' up) i:

\.

_ 1FDW-314 (lB EFDW LINE DISCH IFDW TO IB lB SIG S/G X-CONN) 3 S ofM-2 (T-l, 3' of M-24, 10 up) 4, IO'up)

6. Start a MD EFDWP.

1.

7. Throttle EFDW control valve on SG*wi SG.with NO EFDW flow to establish appropriate iiate level per Rule 7 (SG (SO Feed Control):

~ 1ASG lASG ~ 1BSG roSG

[ IFDW-315 I IFDW -316

8. Perform Perfor m the following as required to maintain UST level> 7.5': 7.5:

..!t j

Makeup with demin water.

Z VPlac Placee CST pumps in AUTO.

EDd~:S;9':'~-

EcJ .

EPiilAl18001001.

EPIIIAJ1 8001001

.. ExteJid~UDW ~Jatioli*:-": ', .. Page Page 22 of29 of 29 fi? AT IF Ti'ME:. ,. ;'

AT ANY lIME:

. -. :...... :~~. ".-:

r (2). UST level is < 4' ... (prepare to USTlevelis<4 to swap swapBFDW on to hotWeit)

EFDW suctipn twe1I) .

(3)

(3) feeding both f~g SOs with one MD EFDWP is desired ...

pjh 80s (cioss-tj.e)

(cross-tie)

.~ ~ ".,;..-

/

¶(

• Enclosure.53 Enclosure~.:. '::

.:'"  :.:.: EP/I/AI1800/001 EP/1MJ1800/oO1

.: '~~.-.:. .

Extel.1.~~,EfDWoOpe~~n.,:.',

ExtendedWQpcrafion. Page30f29 Page 3 of 29 I ACTION/EXPECTEDRESPONSE ACTI:ONIEXPECrEI> RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

9. t/

9.' VIAAT JAAT all flthe followingexi~.

thefollowing exi VVV V _

~ vRapid Rapid cooldowncooldownNOT NOTiii progress inprogress X MI)

MD EFDWP EFDWP operating operatingfor for~h* each .. V

/

available available SO SO ' ." "

/EFDW EFDW flow flow in eachheader in each header ..  ;.

'~~'~m:i~~

<600gpm TUEN place I TI)

PULL switch in PUll. TO LOCK.

switch in TO LOCK.

FIMI * .. o* ..... ! ... ... ..  ; ......

V . .. .*.. ." ...~ ..:.

10 Q Verify I TI) EFDW PUMP operating VO TO Step 12 . j;~:' '.

11. _

11. Start ID Start TI) EFDWPEFDWP BEARING BEARING OIL OIL V

COOLING COOLING PUMP. PUMP.

V V

V NOTE

• Loss Loss ofof the condensate condensate system for for ~ 25 minutes will result in having to to cool down down the unit to to cold cold conditions conditions using using the Therefore, if NO HWPs the ADVs. Therefore. IIWPs are operating, operating restoring restoring the the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities bigher condensate higher priority.

• If the condensate system If condensate system is is operating, operating, establishing FDW recite recirc will aid in in maintaining maintaining condenser condenser vaCUllDl.

vacuum.

12. ~

12. /iotify NotifY CR SRO SRO to to setset priority based on the NOTE above above 4 and EOP activities. V

13. _ JAAT it is

13.

determined that is determined condensate that condensate _ GO TO Step 16. 16.

flow CANNOT CANNOT be restored within 25 minutes, TuI!N THEN performperfonn Steps Steps 14- 14 - 15.

15.

NotifY CR J4. _ Notify

14.

CR. SRO SRO to evaluate starting to evaluate Main Vacuum Main Vacuum Pumps per Pumps per AP/27 AP127 (Loss (Loss ofCondenser of Condenser Vacuum). Vacuum).

15. _ GOTOStep8 1 GO TO Step 81. 1.

16. _ Verify

16.

Verify y any }IWP HWP operating.operating. 1._

1. _ Place Place all all CBP CBP control control switches switches to to OFF. OFF.

- 2._ GO TO Step 2._GOTOSte 22.

p22.

11. _ Verify

17.

Verifyy any CBP CBP operating.

operating. _. GOGO TO TO StepStep 42.

42.

18.

18. _ Verify Verify ICI CCOND CONDBOOSTER BOOSTERPUMP PUMP _~only 1.1._5.Ensure onlyone oneCBP CBPisis operating; operating; operatn 1121 operating. (12) g.

2.

2._ GO GO TO TOStep 20.

Step20.

19. Stop

19. Stopthethe following:

following:(12) (12)

IA CON]) BOOSTER IA COND BOOSTERPUMP PUMP IBCON])

lB CONDBOOSTER BOOSTERPUMP PUMP

Endosure5;9'":':'

ncIireS9 .

EP/lJAl1800/001 ExténdedEFDW:()peration Extended DW ern Page Page44of of29 29 IFAT IF ATANY TIME: .:'

ANY 'fIME: ........

~ "

sucti~n tohotv (2) UST (2) USTle velis<4 level ... (prepareetosap is < 4' ...(pre to swapEFDW EFDWsuction to hotivell) e11) .

.: -.-.: .' ~ -: .!..

-.* : ~1***

(3) feeding

, (3) feedingboth th80s SOs~th withoneoneMD Ml)EFDWP EFDWPisisdesired desired ... {ciosS-tie}

(cross-he)

(9) rapid cooldown (9) rapid cooldownNOT NOTin progress AND inprogress ANDMD Mi) EFDWP EFDWP operatingoperating for ea~h for each avail~leS..G available: SO AND AND EFDWf1owi EFi>w flow in each header is < 600 gpm ... (plaqe nhheaderis<6 OOgpm...(p1 ace11DEFDW1 TD ~W - .. - .

PUMPinPUL P"Ulv.!f.

in PuQ:Xc;>

LTQLOCK)

~qGK>

..'~' .': . ~.-.~ .

(13) ititis (13) is determined detennined that that condensate condensate flow flow CANNOT CANNOT be restored within ~5lilin~

b restoredwitbin 25. minutes (eValuate  ! ** (evaluate starting Main starting Main VacuumVacuum Pumps) Pumps) ", . .

• .~. .!'

~' .

," . ~"

.;.~ ....

",,:.  : ; ~ r."

j:.

II..

\

)

.. ..... . Enc~S~

.:-:: .*.. ,,: .../~., ..*.  ::.",

EP/llAliSOO/OOl EPIIIAI18001001

~.~~:' .'..~. } ,,':. '":. .~~ed*~W~tiOD,**.

.cdcdFPDW OptIon*. 'PageSof29 Pages of 29 I

ACf ION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED ". .

20.

20.

~'" .'

Ensure only only

,~ ,

• oneoneH myp isPiso

~g.. peg.;.. .... ," .... "'.

21

21. _ GOTOStep45~. .

22. _.. v~~ioss eVent c~luse(tihe

~; .. .. "; "'",'; :

22: Verifyalosso of-powerf reventá us the NOTE loss ofthe loss ofthe secondary syStem. second ary system . A steam-A steam-induced inducedWater waterhaminer hammermay mayoccur occur whenldldtWell~piSiSWteaat~.ismiriutes*

.: ;whCn a Hotwell Pump is-started at 25 minutes

• ftoin the- lc:>sSofan conde.nSaU,tlovi. '( i:l) .'

. 1.1.. IF an condensate IPaflco ndensateflow flow bas .been lost for hasbeenlostfor

'- ..' ~2S' minuteS~*.!

25 minutes, . '. <

TURN THEN GO GO TO Step 26.

TO Step 26.

2._

2._GO GOTOSte TO Steppl3. 13*

Ensure AP/l I (Recovery From Loss of

.23..

23..

Ensure APIII (Recovery From Loss of Power) is Power) is in in pro~.

progress.

24.

24. WHEN AP/ll WHEN AP/1 I (Recovery (Recovery From From LossLoss of of Power Power)) has has restoredrestored 600v 600v load centers, load centers, AND AND a HWP is operating, a HWP is operati ng, THEN dispatch THEN dispatch an an operator operator toto start all CBP Aux Oil.Pumps. (T-lfl-21)

CBP Aux Oil Pumps . (T-1/J- 21)

25. _ WREN

25.

WHEN notified notllled that fl an CBP Aux Oil pumps pumps are 8J.'e operati operating, ng, ThEN THEN GO .TO Step 42. GO TO Step 26.

26. _ Place Place fl all HWP HWP contro controll switch switches es to to OFF.

OFF.

27.

27. _ Place Place j all CBP CBP contro controll switch switcheses toto OFF.

OFF.

28. Place valve

28. Place valve switch ~tches es to to close close until wtil valve valve Contin Continue. ue.

travel is initiate travel is initiated: d:

IFDW IFDW-4 -4 1FDW IFDW-9 -9 -

29:

29: Start StartMain Main FDWP FDWPAux Aux Oil OilPumps Pumps:  : -

Start

.Startthe thefollow following necessary:.

asnecess ing as ary:

1A lAFDWP FDWPAUXIL AUXllJARY IARY OIL OILPUMP PUMP _ 1A IAFDWP FDWPEMER EMERGENCY GENCY BRNG BRNGOiLOIL 113 FDWP IB FDWP AUXllJARY OILPUMP AUXIL JARY OIL PUMP PUMP PUMP

_ lB IBFDWP FDWPEMER EMERGENCY GENCY BRNG BRNGOILOIL

pTn.rn

ç,PUM

~~~~ P .

........ - .r .

EncroSnres.9..s ','

.* EncfoS'iireS3,:

EP/l!Al1800l001 EP!1JAJ1800/0O1

rit~:'-3.:..s*~W*1:\I .~.. ,,'

dE1?JWOpC

~U::Dueu"~'.u 4tfon,oJ' UpefllUUn " Page66of Page of29 29 IFATANYm.tE:::-,

fl?ATA4yE . .. .

o:!o.

(2)

(2) USTlevel UST level isis <<4... (prepareto ~

4' ..* (preparet.o EFDW ~ction swapEFDW suctionto to h~~

hotwell)

(3) feeding SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired . (cross-tie) ~. ;

(9)

(9) rapid cooldown NOT in progress AND MD BFDWP mpid cpol@wn-NQTm'PIQgres$A.ND'MD EPDWP operatfug operatmg for for each each available available SO SO ANDAND EPDW flow.fn EFDW flow.in each header is ~,,~gpin'~

header.is <600 gpn... (plaóe 1I m

• • (placC TD EFDW EFDW PUMP in PUMP in PULL TO LOCK) PULL TO LOCK)

... ~:. 0 ~

(13) is determinedthai (13) itit iSdeielmined that co~deDsate condensate h~\V klow CANNOT CANNOT be be restored within 25 minutes ... (evaluate ... (evaluate starting Main Vacuum ~ps) starting Pumps) < " .' --

.':~ .

~'" . . J:.

~"

b r r

EneJ~~ S.9 59.,-,:  !

EP/IIAl1800/001 EPI1IAI1 800/001 E4Ew Extelld~~~PP~~":Il Qpction. .. ' Page Page77of29 of29 ACflON/EXPECTPD RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. VedfyQ

30. Verify bothofthefoofthe following: flowing " l~*_*:

LIFi iF'bothFbWpUiiip~have WpiiiiipshaveRGL DRGLUBEUBE FWPTAABRG BRGLUBE LUBEOIL OIL OILPREsS*<

OIL 4 PRESS< 4 psig,psig,

- FWPT PRESS>44psig PRESS> psig  : '~:perfotril'the TllJ PfOfl1 thefolloWing: fol1owi '.

_ FWPTFWPTBBBRG BRGLUBE LUBEOlL OIL A. _. NotifY CR CRSRO SROthatthatthe thecondensate

. A. condensate .

PRESS>4~g PRESS> 4 psig "  : .' . ~. ~OTbiftestanixf>

system NOT be restarted. .

.. '\:'

B. _'NotW6tsROk ~fuSt8rting'"

MainVaCUlim Main VacuumPumpsPumpsper AP/27 (Loss perMO.? (Loss of ofCondenser CondenserVacuum).

Vacuum).

c.C. _ G~ GOTOTO Step8I Step 81..

2.Peiform

2. Peiform the the following following forfor the the FDW pump that*

FDW pump that.

hasBR has BRGGLUB LUBEEOILP~1L PRESSRESSc < 44psig:

psig:

_ Close 1FDW-l for Close IFDW-l for lA 1AFDFDW W pump.

pump.

_ Close Close IFDW-6 1FDW-6 for for IB lB FDW pump.

pump.

31. Place

31. Place the the following following in in MANUAL MANUAL 4 and close:

IFDW-53 tFDW-53 IFDW-65 IFDW-65

32. _ Place

32.

Place 1iC-b C-I 0 FAIL FAIL SWITCH SWITCH in MANU MANUAL. AL.

33.

33. Close Close IC-JO. IC-tO.

34.

34. _ Using Using aa plain pla6t page, page, clearclear TB TB Basem Basement ent and TB third and TB third floor floor ofnon -essential of non-essential person

. pers~nne1. nel.

35.

35. _ Starton Start~HWP. eHWP.

36.

36. Thrott Throttle le IC-lO 1C-J 0 contro controllerller 10%

10%openopento to satisfy 25 minute system satisfY 25 m~~ system restart criteria.. restart criteria 37.

31. _ WHEN WHENFWP FWPSUCT SUCTHDR HDRPRESSPRESS (1VB3 ) is (lVB3) is ~ 100 psig, 100 psig, THEN THENopen openiC-b. Ie-l0.

38. _ Place

38.

PlaceI]C-IOFAILC-I 0 FAIL SWiTC SWITCH H inin FAIL FAIL OPEN. OPEN .

39.

39. _ Dispat Dispatch ch an anoperato operator r totostart startfl allCBP CBP "

Aux Oil Pumps Aux Oil Pumps. (T-1IJ-21) . (T-I/J- 21) 40.

40. Establi Establish sh 10001000-1200 - "1200gpm gpmtotal totalrecirc recircflowflow with one with ~of ofthe thefollow following: ing:

_ IFDWtFDW-53 -53 IFDW IFDW-65 -65

~ci~~~~f"'"

mvltAl1800/001 13?IIIA/IaoOiol

~e,Ja~~DDwt)j~~HJti" Extendcd EFDW Optration .' Page PageS8 of of29 29 IFATANYTIME; .. .

.' "~f'r~~.

',- ,,~,

-~ -:

(2) UST level is <4 ... (prepareto s. EF W suction to hotweil)

. - ..~' . :-- ..~ ;;~-. . '. '

(3) f~t(botb:Sn$Wjtbone.:MD (3) fee gboth S onMDERDWP EFDWP iSdesired is desire .~. (cro~tie)

(cross-tie)

(9)

(9) ~pidc~i~Q~,NoTm~**Mm rapid cooldown NOT in progress AND MD EFDWP()peranrig Mi)EIDWP for eachavailable$G,ANl>

operatmgforeaeh available SO A)

EFDWJl()Wineac~~ef~s<.6O()Jw.~

EFDWfiow in çh hadei is <60Gm ... (place - (place 1I IDEFDWPtJMPinPULL TI) EFDW PUMP in PUL fOLOCK) 1O LOCK)

I

• 1

Enclohre5.9

• • ..,. 'I. ..'

. EP/IIAl1800/001 EP11IwlsooIooi

.':.\.. ."

Extendcd.E1DWOperattn:

Exte~~_~~W'Operation, .

Page90f29 Page 9 of 29 1 AcnONIEXPECTED ACrION/EXPEC1JI)RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOTOBTAlNiD~:

RESPONSI;NOT OBTAJNM) ' -, '-:1

.41. WENfiverninuteshaveeJapse4 "':'"

.41. _ WBEN:fivemin~bave~

AND ANDnotified pumps notifie that are operati thatall allCBP Anx CBP AuxOil Oil pum.ps are operating, ng, .

~ THENcontin~ continueprocedure. procedure ~"

EnsureqHWPs operating.

42. _ Ensuretwo~s,~"

42.

43 Start iç CON!) BOOSTER PUMP {Iz) -

Start e availab St8rt:oneavailable

.... ,... {.~- .. le.CBP~"

CBP 44.

44. Stop floperatingHW

_, Stop one,operating HWP. P. .

securea 45.

45. _ Place control switch Place control switch foralie for HWPinAUTO.

HWP in AUTO.

.. ,,~

46. control switch Place control switch for one secured

46. _ Place for one Secure CBPinAUTO.

CBP in AUTO.

47.

47. Perform the Perform the following; following:

- Position Position HWP HWP LOAD LOAD SHED DEFEAT DEFEAT switch switch to a running to a runnin g HWP.

_ Position CBP LOAD SHED DEFEAT Position CBPLOAD DEFEAT l( switch to switch to a running CBP.

a nmning CBP.

I\..

48. Place the following in MANUAL:

48. Place. the following in MANUAL:

_ 1FDW lFDW-53 -53

_ 1FDW lFDW-65 -65 49.

49. Establish Establ ish : ~ 2300 2300 gpm gpm total total recirc flow with recite flow with one of the following:

of the follow ing:

. IFDW IFDW-53 -53 FDW-65 1IFDW-65 50.

50.

IAATUST MAT USTlevel level CANN CANNOT OT be be mainta ined>

maintained> 8.5', 8.5, THEN THENlocally locallyopen 1C-899(CON!

open IC-899 (COND )

RECIR C TO RECIRC TO UST RISERTHRO UST RISER TIIROTILE)

TTLE)

(f-l/J-23).

(T-1/J- 23).

51.

51. _ IAAT UST IAATU STleve levellincrea increases>

ses>ll II,t.

. THEN perfon

. THEN perfonn the followingasas n the follow ing require re~red: d:

Throttl

_ Throttle e demin deminwater water ç Locall y throttle

_ Locally throttleIC-899 1C-899(CONI(COND )

RECIR C REClRC TO UST RISERTO UST RISER THRO THROTILE)TTLE) (T-l/J- 23)

(f-lIJ-23)

53

• *: -:', . Encl~53 EPIlJA l1800 /001 V

Eztdc Exten DWOper ded EJDW Qpation t '

V.

Page V

Page 100f2 10of29 9 IF AT ANV T)ME -

(n (2)

(2) U~T 1JST level level is <4 !'. (prepa is <4' (prepare to swap re to swap EFDW EFDW suctiosuction to ii;oiWe n to hotwefi) Ji)' '"

(3)

(3) feeding feedin gj 80s g both with one SOs with one MD MD EFDW EFDWP desired *.* (~ss-t is desired P is ... (ctoss-tieie};) .:~.

• V V

~id (9)

(9) rapid cooldo cooldow wnn NOT NOT in P ~fo operatingt~~

m progre progress AND MD ss ANDM EFDWP D EFDW for each availa available bl~SO SO i\Nl)

AND EFDW flow EFDW h heade flow in each headerr isis < 600gp 600 ill *.. (pJace

.. (place 1.TP.R I WEFaJWP DW jp uMPJ fr b Ptfi.t' p

• TO LOCK TO LOCic)) V V

} ..:.

(50) U8T UST level CANN CANNOT OT be be maint maintaine d> 8.5' ained> 8.5 .*. (loCal (loallyop lyopeI enlIG-8?

... IC-899) 9) V V

increases>

(51) UST level increa s¢s> 11' 11 *.. (locaI

... (locally throtttle lythro tle IC-89 1C-899 9 as as requ~. ired) V

'" \

" ..*. \.

f

Ens...

.::. EP/IIA11~OO/OOl EPiiIAiSQOiO(fl

,~, :'...

Extend  :: ~ '"

ed.EFE Exte~"~l!W'DW~9PeratiOD ,. .

WOpe

.... raffon.

,',,',:" ::. Page IIof29 PageIt of29 I ACftONJEXPECfED ACflON)EPECrEDRESPONSE RESPONSE .

, RESPONSE RESPONSENOT NOT<>'J.ITAlNED OJNE])'::, ',::, "I,

52. VeritY

52. Verify.thefol the following lowingare closed: ,', '.

are closed: . ...

.CI.O..Step58. .

1FDW-4 IFDW-4

- 1FDW-9 IFDW-9 ,. . .-. . .. .. .

- ",;,".:.i:.~; ....... _,.,':.' *.. , . .r *.**. ,. '._ ,"':'." .~.'

53 Po~1J~~~e'fo~~~g~tc~mcLO~E:

53. Positin the following switches ni CLOSE  :  :".--::.

1FDW-33 IFDW-33 1FDW-31 IFDW-31 .

IFDW-42 IFDW-42'

- IFDW-40 ... .

IFDW-40 ,.

54. Ensure the

54. Ensure the following following are are closed:

closed:

1FDW-33 IFDW-33 1FDW-31 IFDW-31 1FDW-42 IFDW-42 1FDW-40 IFDW-40

55. Locally opentbe

55. Locally open the following:

I FDW-5 (lAFDWP

_ IFDvI-5 (IA FDWP DISCHARGE DISCHARGE

, i BYPASS) (T-IISE (T-l/SE ofD-24 12' 12 up) 1FDW-1O (lB FDWP DISCHARGE

_ IFDW-IO{lBFDWPDISCHARGE BYPASS) (T-IIN BYPASS) (T-lIN ofD-26 9 9' up)

56. _ WUEN

56. WHENFWPD FWP DISCH ISCHH DRPRESS HDRPRESS (IVB3 (1 VB3)) approximatel is approximately y equal equal to either either

. of of the the following:

.* 01A1014 OlAI014(FDWP (FDWP IA lA DISCHARG DISCHARGE E PRESS)

PRESS)

.* 01A13 OlA1391 91(FD (FDWP WPIB IB DISCHARG DISCHARGE E PRESS)

PRESS)

THEN open TUEN openthe the following:

following:

1FDW-4 IFDW-4 1FDW-9 IFDW-9

51. Locally

57. Locallyclose closethe thefollowing:

following:

1FDW-5

_ IFDW-5(1A (IAFDWP FDWPDISCHARG DISCHARGE E BYPASS) llYPASS)(p-I/SE (T-lISEofD-24 ofD-2412' 12 up) up) .\.. ..

_ 1FDW-l IFDW-IO 0 (lB (IBFDWP FDWPDISCHARG DISCHARGE E BYPASS)

BYPASS) (T-IIN ofD-26 9' up) (T-IIN of D-26 9 up)

....... ":'. End~:~jf:': ,

.. ~  :

EP/11Al1800/001 EP/1!AJ1800/00i

.....: . . ' .' .'.-:. :.' ExteedEHWOtieriltiCiIi'"

Extended'EFDW Pag~ 12 of29 Pagl2o f29

. .:' ..... _ .' :.i .

IF AT ANY TIME: * :' ~'. , : _:.: .i.

(3) feeding (3) feedingboth th8Gs SGswith withone'MIlEPDWPiSd~

onMDEVPWP is desired*** (cross-tie) ... (cross-tie)

(9) rapid (9) cooldownNQr.

rapidcoo1dow:n NOTPI inpn;>gtess progressAND ANDMD MDEFDWP EFDWPoperating operatingfor foreach availableSG'~'

eachavailable SG AND "

EFDW flow EFDWflow in eacbbeader in çh headerisis<<600 600gpm gpm.. ..* (plaCe (place ITnEFDW 1 TI) EFDWPuMP,fuPULtT(lL<JCK)<

PU in PULL TGL (50) UST (50) USTlevel level CANNOT CANNOTbe bemaintained>

maintained> 8.5' 8.5 .,. (locally

... (locallyopen open 1IC-899)

C-899)

(51) UST level (51) UST level increases increases> 11 .** (locally

> II' ... (locally throttle throttle 110-899C-899 as as required) required)

)

. ., I!

-1

/

59 Enclosure5.9 Enclosure BPi1íAJ1 sooíoai

. EP/IIAl1800/001 Extended*EFDW Extended EFDWO}leration Oeratlon Page 13 of29 Pagel3 of29 I ACflONIEXPECFEDRESPONSE ACTIONIEXP!CTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSENOT NOTOBTAlNlID OBTAINED

58. _ MAT

58. I ATit itisisdesired de totore-establish re-establishMain Main FDW, FDW, TIThN initiateEncl TImN initiate End (Re-establishing (Re-establishing Main FDW)ofOP/lIAll106/002 MainFDW) of OP/lM/1106/002 (Condensate (Condensate And AndFDWFDWSystem).System).

59. _ IAA

59. IAAT EFDWhas T EFDW has been beensecured securedper perEncl End

. (Re-establish ing Main (Re-establishing Main FDW) of FDW) of OP/I/All 1061002 (Condensate OPlllAll106JOO2 (Condensate And And FDW System),

FDW System),

THEN TJi.EN EXIT EXIT this enclosure.

this enclosure.

60.

60. _ WHEN WHEN UST UST level level isis <<4, 4',

1JIEN dispatch two operators THEN dispatch two operators to to perfonn Encl perfonn End 5.24 524 (Operation of the ADVs) in ADVs) in preparation for for loss of vacuum. (PS) vacuum.

61. _ Verify power ayailable to IV-186.

1-186. _ Dispatch an operator to I1V-1 V-186 86 (VACUUM BREAKER)

(r-3, catwalk at tC2 (f-3, 1C2 waterbox).

WHEN UST level is

62. _ WHENUSTlevel < 3, is<3'~

THEN stop all CBPs.

63.

63. _ Stop Stop gj all HWPs.

NOTE 64.

64. _ Dispatch 11C-573 is normally open. 11C-573 Dispatch an an operator operator withwith aa safety safety C-573 will be closed after vacuum is broken.

be cJosed broken..

I harness harness to to IC-573 1C-573 (MD(MD EFDWPSEFDWPS SUCTION FROM SUCTION FROM UST) USn (T-l, (T-l>> SW SW of of E-24, E-24, 88' above above floor).

floor).

65.

65. _ Open Open 1V-186.

IV-186. _ Notii3r Notify operator operatorto to open open IV-186 IV-186 (MAIN (MAIN CONDENSER CONDENSE VACUUM BREAKER)

R VACUUM BREAKER)

(T-3, (f-3>> catwalk catwalkatat 1C2 lC2waterbox).

waterbox).

66. _ Stop

66.

Stopj mainvacuum allmain vacuumpumps. pumps. -

67.

67. Close Closethe the following:

foJIowing: Dispatch Dispatchan operatortotoclose anoperator closethe the following:

following:

_ IMS-47 IMS-47 ~fMS-49(1A

_ iMS49 (lACSAE CSAESTEAM STEAMSUPPLY)

SUPPLy)

_ IAS-40 lAS-40 (T-31F-26)

(T-3/F-26)

_ IMS-58 IMS-58(lB (1 BCSAE CSAESTEAM STEAMSUPPLY)

SUPPLy)

(T-3/G-26)

(T-3/G-26)

_ IMS-61 IMS-67(IC(ICCSAE CSAESTEAM STEAMSUPPLY)

SUPPLy)

(T-31H-26)

(T-31H-26)

_I***** . ~R.

Ent;Josure~~7" V. EPI1MJ1 800/001 EP/IIAl1800/001 ExtendedEEDW Operation Page Page 14 14 ofof29 29

• :i- *. ."' . ' .

'7 &~~~

~ \

IFATAYTIME: V

. .... V

• ;":. ".0:

feeding both th 80s SGs with with one one MD

• VVVV (3)

(3) feeding MD EFDWP EFDWP is is desired desired ... (eross:tie)

... (cróss4ie)

(9)

(9) rapid cooldown NOT rapid cooldown NOT inin progress progress AND AND MD EFDWP o~gfor MD EFDWP operating for eachavallable so.

cii available SG AND AND

. EFDW flow in EFDW flow in eaCh h header header is is <<600 600 gpm gpm : .. (Place TD EFDW PUMPhiP~TO*

(place 11 TD PUMP in PULL TO LOCK) IDCE)

(C.

. .,.~ -

Enélosur

;:'.' .....*-... ,. EP/IIAl1800/001 ii1iwtsooiooi tended EFDW Oeration.** Page Page15 15of29 of 29 1j ACflONIEXPECTED RESPONSE ACl'IONJUPECTED*REsPoNSE REsPoNSE RESPONSENOT OBTAINED . ~.

NOTOBTAlUD.*

68. IAAT UST level is < 1,

68. _ IAATUSTlevelis<l'.;,

ANDlC-S73 AN>> IC-573(MD (MDEFDwPs EFDWPS S1NFR.MUW

~C11QN FRQM US]) OisQp is 9P~en, '. ~"

.- .T~~ ~o!~f~e ~owing: ..

tusr perfonu the following:

'( ::' ..'.

A.:~~~ ~EFDW p~ps.

ApjjEFDWpumps.

B.

C.

B.-_.ço

,C1ose41IDW-31S~sc1FDW-31s.

IFDW-316.

C. Close IFDW-316.

69. Perform

69. Perform the following:

the following:

A. _Reduce MD A. MD EFDWP EFDWP flow flow toto

<440

< 440 gpm per pump.gpmpe rpump .

B. _' Notify B. Notify crew of MD EFDWP flow ci'ew ofMD EFDWP flow limit limit while aligned to while aligned to hotwell.

hotwell.

70. _

70. WREN vacumn WHEN vacuum is broken as indicated indicated by vacuum by vacuum no no longer decrea sing, decreasing, THEN locally THEN locally close close 1IC-573C-573 (MD EFDWPS (MD EFDWPS SUCTION SUCTION FROM USI).

US'!).

71.

71. Verify MD EFDW

_ Veri1 EFDWPs Ps were were stoppe stopped d due _ GO TO Step 73.

to UST to USTlevel < 1'. level < 1.

72.

72. Perform Perform the the follow following:ing:

A. _Restart all MD A.

MD EFDW EFDWPs Ps that were that were stopped due to UST stoppe d due to UST level level <-< P.

1t.

B.

B. Resume feeding feeding availab availablele SGs.

SOs.

73. _ Stop

73.

Stop I1TI) TD EFDW EFDW PUMP PUMP..

74.

74. _ Locall Locall:yclose y close 1C-157 IC-IS7 (TI) (1D EFDW EFDWP P SUCT ION SUCTION FROM UST) (T-lIC-20).FROM UST) (T-IIC -20).

75.

75. _ Open Open lC-391 IC-391.. Locally

_ Locall open IC-391 y open lC-391 (TD EFDWP (TDEFDW P SUCT SUCTION FROMHOTWE ION FROM HOTWELL)LL)

(T-l/C-(T-I/C-20). 20).

76.

76. IAAT IAAT I1TI) IDEFDWEFDWPUMP PUMPoperati operationon is is desired

.desired, , \.. ",

AND ANDhotwel hotwell l level levelis> is>1,1",

THEN THENstart startIlID11) EFDW EFDWPUMP PUMP. .

...! . * .*EnelCmire5S

.EnclosiireS.9 EP11IAJ1800/OOI EPlUAl1800/001 ExfendedEFDWOpenttion-'

Extended DWOperation - Page PageI6of29 16 of 79 IFATANY*~:

~ .  :

iF AT ANYTIME:...:  :

(3)

(3) feeding both feeding jpj 80s SGs with with one one MD MI) EFDWP EFDWP is is desired desired *** (cross-lie)

... (cross-tie)

.0:' ...  : .*

(9),.. rapid (9) cooldown NOT rapid' cooldown NOT in progress AND m progress MD AND Ml) EFDWP operating EFDWP operating for ~.

for each aVailable-Sa.ANn available.. ___

- ' , _ _ - d ,.. __ -'_ '-' _ , SCIAND DWflowinhe EFDW flow in each header aderis<6OOg pm...(placelT is < 600 gpm ... (place 1 TD EFDWI>UMP DEDWJLLT in PtJLLTOOLK) LOCK)

(76) TD EFDW PUMP oPerati~n (76) 11 ID operation is desired AND hotwellievel hotwell level isis >>1"1" .** (Start (start 1I ro- TDEFDW EFDW PUMP) " "

.:. ~>.. . . .

1r f

Ci: .

P211/A11800 EP/lIA ll 800/00

/0011 xtended EPDWOperat1on Page 17of2 17 of299 ACflONIEXPECIED RESPONSE .RESP RESPO ONSE NOT OB'rA NSE-NOT OBTAlNED INED 1 17.

77. Dispatch an operat operato orr to open the f()llow following:

-",*~!~:.~~i::=~~8}

w$ggr#l..

Control Byjass) (T-l/W of£24) {)

_ lC-91 1 C-912 2 (UST RISER TO HW 11W EMERG O MAKEUP #2 AUTO ISOL. BYPASS)

(T-1IG-23)

(T-lIG

78. _ NotifY Notify TSC to evaluate methods to maintainin secondary in~! y.

inventory.

19.

79. _ IAAT hotweU hotwell level is ~ 1", 1 ,

THEN stop fl all EFDWPs.

80. _. WHE WHEN N directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this tbis enclosure.

..:~. ~ .'.  :: :.  : EnCl03..re59:;

Enaosures3.- . ~.

EP/11Al1800/001 EP11/iVl800/OO1

'*ExteDdedEFDW!~ioatiOD ExtendedEHWOiratifl .. Page Page1818of29 of29 ifAT IF ATANY ANYTIl\1E: lIME: .: ...... . (1

.. , ':'::~:'~","'.;::":: .... ...

~ ';.' ~-.'

.. /:':

(3) feeding (3) both feeding *ih80s SOswith oneMIl with()l1e MDBFDWP EFDWPisisdesired desird... (cross--tie)

(cross-tie) t*,":" .

.. . ..... , . ;'~'-' ~.. '-": ". . ..... .

(9) rapidcooldown (9) rapid cooldownNOT NOTininprogress progressAND ANDMD EFDWP*~foi~.le*SG MDEFQWP atinforCadi hviltleSGA Mil> NI)

EFDW flow EFDWflowineachheaderis<600 in h header is <600gpm (place1ITDBFbW'PtJMpfu~UtLTOtOCK) gpm... (plaCe TI) EFDW PUMP in PULL TO LOCK)

. '.:' ... : ' ~.- - ~

..  ;.  :;. ". ':"~:: '-'.

.;. ~<

(

)

\.. '.

f {

Encoure 5 EP111AJI 800/001

. : '. , EP/IIAli800/001

..ExtendedElIDW Extended EFDWQperation, Operation . ' ~ Page Page190f29 19 of2 F - ACflON/EXPECFED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAiNED TEiiStatu:

.L, L ..-,.- .-. __ The 00_

Th_e_. .. _nd. ".,~,. . . ,. . ,._'~._~ <:o_ul_d_-n_~,...,.. * 'r'fest. . ,~_[o'"'" red.,. .*

condensate .. "....*. system ' '_'.could not be restored._EF_JJ_W_'

__' ..... 'be...,' . ",.b. ,. su. ; :.p; ;. plyin~*. . ,.ig; .;. .s_Gs_.

EFDWm supplymg SGs _""'"'.,.,.....,. . . . . ~.-,J-f 81.

81. IAATUSTlevelis<4, IAATUST,1~elis<4*1t S.

_" GOTOStep84~

GOTOStep8& -.

- TlIEN.~

THEN perform*. ~~:82-8j~*;. Steps 82-83 Dispatch two

82. _ Dispatch

82. two operators operatorsto- perform toperform End 5.24 (Operation Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs) ofthe ADVs) in in preparation for loss preparation for loss. of vacuum. (PS) of vacuum. (PS)

83. _ Verify

83. power available Verify power available to to 1IV-1 V-186. 86. _ Dispatch Dispatch an an operator operator to to IV IV-l -186 86 (VACUUM BREAKER)

(VACUUM

. (T-3, catwalk ~

(T-3,catwalk atlC2waterbo lC2 waterbox). x).

NOTE

• • This step provides general plant directions for the SRO and Management team. The user shall This continue after the notification has been made.

continue

• • Swapping from TBVs to ADVs prevents overfilling Swapping overfiuing tlie the hotwelVcondenser.

hotwell/condenser.

• • Securing steamsteam seals limits the water (condensation) (condensation) that reaches the oil systems. Vacuum

"( must be be broken to tosccure

• secure steam seals.

• Engineering Engineering will determine when to allow secondary system restart.

Notify the CR SRO to direct the

84. _ Noti1 following as time and resources allow allow:

• Transfer steam control from TBVs

• Transfer steam to ADVs.

toADVs.

• Operate Operate ADVs per per UIUl EOP EOP

• End EnclS.24 5.24 (Operation (Operation ofADVs). of ADVs).

• • Begin Begin Unit Unit cool cool down down to to LPI LPI per per OP/I/All OP/JlAll102IOI0 102/010 (Controlling (Controlling Procedure Procedure For For Unit Unit Shutdown)

Shutdown) usingthe using the ADVs. ADVs.

• • Break Breakvacuum vacuwn per per OPII-2/A11 OP/1-21A111Q6/016 106/016 (Condenser (Condenser Vacuum Vacmun System).System).

• • Secure Secure SteamSteam Seals Sealsper per OPI1/A1110 OP/lIAll106/13 (Steam 6/13 (Steam Seal Seal -;- ......

System).

System).

85.

85. _ WREN

wHENUST USTlevel level isis<<3, 3',

i \. THEN TIIENstopstopj mlCBPs. CBPs.

86.

86. _ Stop Stop allHWPs.

HWPs.

EDcIoSunfS9 Enclosiue53';; .',

HP/ltAl1806/001 EPII1AI1800IOO1

-~. . _ ... " ExtendedElIDWOpmtfob"';

-EXtenQed FSDW Operation , Page20of29 Page 20 of29 Ci I

'lFA1~_;*'*~':':*:'/'

.-:. ".... !>;. - . ..~ :::.

(3)

(3) 'f~:bot1tSGs feeduig iih SOs~ with~l:J,~

onelvID MDBF.OWP

.~. .".

EFDWPisisdesiw(h'~/(~S$-tie) desired (cross-tie)

(9) rapid cooldown NOT inpio~~'MDEFD\VPoperating (9) tapidcooldownNoT-in progress ANI) MD EFDWP operatingfor for~:availimle:;SQ,AlW' each avaI1ab1 SG ANI)

EFDW EF1)W flow in each header is <: 600 gpm flow in h header is < 600 gpm ... fi>lace.l TD EFJjW~QMPiJ.!";putLto (place. 1 ID EFDWOMpin.ptjLL TOLOCK) LOCE)

• 1 . ~.. .

. I,

. V{

f I r (\

Enclosure Enclosure .. 5.,-

5.9 EP/lJAllS00/001 EPI1IAII 8001001

' .- Extended EFDW9Pe~tion;

~cledptDW OperatiOn Page Page2121of29 of29....

,, ~: ... .. ::-. ~. ." ". ~

I ACflONIEXPECF1D RESPONSE RESPONsE RESPONSENOT NOTOBTAINED.

OBTAINED 1

,'.I ... : ** ,... :

NOTE "--

I 87. spatchlisafely ,

_H DiSPatch~*b~Wifh~~wety 87.D NOTE

-. .m_,' " c* H ...

harnessto harness to1IC-573 C..573 (MD (Ml)EFDWPS EFDWPS SUCTiON FROM SUCTION FROMUSl) (r-i, SW USi) (f-l, SW of of .,

E-24,_8 E-24, S' above floor).above floor).

88. _

8S. Open IV-lS6.

Open 1V-1 86. _ Notify Notii operator operatorto to open open 11V-1 V-186 86 (MAIN (MAIN

. CONDENSER VACUUM CONDENSER VACUUM BREAKER) BREAKER)

(T-3, catwalk (T-3, catwalk at 1C2 waterbox)~

at lC2 waterbox).

89. _ Stop

89. Stop all all main vacuum pumps.

90. Clo$e

90. Close the the following:

following: Dispatch an operator to close the following:

• IMS-47 1MS-47 _ IMS-49 (IA (JA CSAE CSAE STEAM SUPPLy) SUPPLY) 1IAS-40 AS-40 (T-31F-26)

_ IMS-58 (IB (lB CSAE CSAE STEAM STEAM SUPPLy) SUPPLY)

. (T-3/G-26)

_ IMS-67 1MS-67 (IC (1C CSAE CSAE STEAM SUPPLy)

~.j SUPPLY)

-(T-31H-26)

(T-31H-26)

91. _

91. LAATUST IAAT UST level level is<1, is < 1" AND AND 1 I C-573 C-573 (MI) (MD EFDWPS SUCTION SUCTION FROM FROM UST) USl) is open, open, THEN THEN perform perfonn the following:

following:

A.

A. _ StopllE Stop all EFDW FDW pumps. pumps.

B.

B. Close IFDW-315.

- Close IFDW-315.

C.

C. _CloseClose IIFDW-316. FDW-3 16.

92. Perform

92. Perform the the following:

following:

A. Reduce Ml)

A. _Reduce MD EFDWP EFDWP flowflow to to

< 440

< 440 gpm per pump.

gpm per pump.

B. _Notify crew B. crewof MD EFDWP ofMD EFDWP flow flow limit limitwhile whilealignedalignedto tohotwell.

hotwell.

93.

93. _ WHEN WHENvacuum vacuumisisbroken brokenas asindicated indicated byvacuum by vaCuumno nolonger longerdecreasing, decreasing, --*....

THEN THENlocally locallyclose close 1C-573 1C-573 (MD (MDEFDWPS EFDWPSSUCTION SUCTIONFROM FROM UST).

USl).

(

Enel~S~~Y Enclosure 59 .

EPI1/AIIsoo/ool EP/l/AlI800/001

. 'r-. ExtcndEFDWopention!

.*Extended E DWOpration ... Page22of29 Page 22 of29 IFATAJNYT IF AT ANY TIME: IME:

~

.~.. -

' ' ..: ...; (Th

~ '.:

(3) feecijng (3) 1edingboth kgj80s SGswithone with oneMD. BFDWP isisd~

MDEFDWP desired..** ."(£q)~tie).

... (cross-tie) rapid cooldownNOTitrprogress*l\.NJ)*~

(9) rapid (9) cooldown NOT in progress AND MDEi?I?~~JQr¢acl1,available:S(Lt\ND.:

EFDWP operating for each available SG AND .

EFDWflow*in*eachhe8deriS<600gpiIi'~

EFDW flow 1néch hâder is <600 gpm .. (place (plice 11 TDEFJ?WPUMPinPPLL TI) EF])W PUMP in PULLTOI.b.CK.)

TO LOCK)

" i

" t.- ~. . EndO $ureS EuclOsnr 3.: " ".

e 5i.9:

- EPi1IAII EP/I/A /1800 /001 800/ 001

" ." . " . .~. Extended ExteI EF.QW 1~~ EFW Opera tlon, Operation ... Page Page 2323 of29 of29

\. . - .. .., ..

rE

.ACTlONlEXPECTED RESPONSE ACflONIEXPECIED RESPON SE

. RESP RESPONONSE SE NOT NOT OBTA OBTAIN INED

' .. ED I

94. _.

94. VerifyMDEFDWPswere~due Verify MD EFDWPs

_ GO GO TO were stopped due TO Step Step 96.

96.

to USTle to UST level vel << I'. 1.

o ** ' *

95. Perfon

95. Perform the follow nthe following ing::

A. _Res Rest .

A. tart art all flMD MD EFDW EFDWPs that were Ps that were

. stop stoppe peddd due ueto USTlevel to UST level<ci. I'. "

B.

B. Resume feedin feeding available g availab SGs.

le SOs. .

96 _ Stop 1 TO EFDW PUMP.

96.

'." .~

97

97. _ Locall Locally ycJoseclose lC-JS7 IC-157 (1DIW (TI) EFD J)WP' WP SUC TION SUCTION FROM FROM UST) UST) (f-lIC (T.-l/C-2-20).0).

98.

98. _ Open. 11(3-39 Open C-391. 1. _ Locall y open Locally open IC-391 10-391 (ID (TD EFDW EFDWP P SUCTION SUCT ION FROM FROM HOTW HOTWEL ELL) L)

(T-1/C-2 (T-lIC -20).

0).

99. _ IAAT IAAT 1I TD 11) EFDW EFDW PUMP PUMP operatoperation ion is desired, desire d, '.

AND hotwehotwelllllevel level is> 1" I,~

.* n.JEN kIEN start JI TD TI) EFDW EFDW*PDMP PUMP..

00.Dispat 1I OO.Di ch lUl spatch an operat operator or to open the follow followinging::

iC-i

_ 1C-l88 (Hotw 88 (Hot well Eznerg Makeu ell Emerg Makeupp #1 Controll Byp Contro Bypas ass) (T-1IW ofE-2 s) (f-llW of 13-24)4).. (IB}

_ 1C-9 IC-9112((J STR

~ (UST RISER TO ISER TOH HWWEM EMER ERG G MAK MAKE EUPUP #2 AUT AUTO O ISOL ISOL.. BYPBYPA ASSSS))

(T-1 (T-1I0 /G-2-23) 3) l0l.

101. _ Noti

- NotifY main mainta I TSC to evalu tain in seco second evaluaate ndai y inve aty te.meth invent metho ntory odsds to ory..

102.

102._ _ IAA IAAT Thotwe hotwell l11eve levell is ~ 1, In~

TJEIE THEN N stop fl all EFD EFDW WPs Ps..

103.

103. _ WRE WHEN N direcdirecte tedd by CR CR SRO SRO,,

ThE THEN N EXIT this this enclo enclossure.ure.

fl

EncMsUte5~~r:

EncIue5.9*

EPI1IAJI 800/001 EP/IIAl1800/001 ExtendedEFDW~li" ExtenddE1W  :;.~) Page 24 of Page24 of29 29

...... " . ",!,,: '-:.';~'.

(?Th

~

',' ~ .

L TIllS ]NTENI1ONALLY BLANK THIS PAGE INTENTIONAllY  : (.

(;

I.

Enclosure 5.9. .

Enclomre5.~.:*:

- . , .... o!"'--.:.

. EP/IIAl1800/001 EP/1/A/1800/Oo1

""I.- *. !.,- EtceEFEWQpération.

Exten.t~$FDWQperatioD* Page2Sof~9 Page 25 of 29 I AcrtONIEXPECTED RESPONsE ACI1ON1JXFECFED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOTOllTAINED**.

OBTAINED :-::' ,

". Y'"

104._WIfl. U~r.:~evel 104._,~\~p: UST:1evelisc ~< 4~Jr4  ::

.' . ; .... .- ~

THENdiSpatch THEN dLptthtWo twoperators operatorstoto perform&c15.24 perform End 524(Operation(Operationof ofthe the ,

ADVs)in ADVs) preparationfor inpreparation forlosslossof of ,

vacuum (PS)

V8Cl1llD:l*.. (P~ ..

105._ Veriirpower 1 05._ VerifY poweravailable availabletoto I1V-l 86.

V-186. _ Dispatchan Dispatch anoperator operatorto to IV -186 1V-1 86 (VACUUM BREAKER)

(VACUUMBRBAKER)

.. (T-3, catwalk (T-3~ catwalk at at IC2 1C2 waterbox) waterbox)..

106._ WHENUSTIe 106._ WHEN UST level ve1is<

is < 3, 3', ,

ThEN THEN stop all stop flCBPs.

CBPs. .

107._ Stop Stop all ftHWP s. .

1°7._. HWPs.

NOTE NOTE

-11C-57 C-5733 is is nonnally normally open. 1I C-573 win will be closed after vacuum is broken.

closed broken.

108._ Dispatch an 108._ Dispatch operator with a safety an operator safety halness harness to to IC-573 IC-573 (MD (MD EFDWPS EFDWPS 1,; SUCT ION SUCTION FROM US1) (T-I, FROM UST) (1,-i, SW of

. )

E-24, 8 E-24, 8' above floor). above floor).

109.. Open 109._, Open IV-186 IV-I86.. _ Noti1 NotifY operatooperatorr to open 1V-l I V-I 86 (MAiN (MAIN COND CONDENSER. ENSER VACU VACUUM UM BREA BREAKER)

KER)

(T-3, catwalcatwalk I C2 waterb k at 1C2 waterbox).

ox).

ii 110__Sto 0._ Stop p fl all main main vacuum ~mnn pumpspumps..

111.Close 111 Close the the follow folloWing: ing: Dispat Dispatch ch an operatorr to an operato to close close the the follow following:

ing:

IMS-4 IMS-47 7 _ IMS-4 IMS-49 (IA CSAE STEAM 9 (IA CSAE STEAM SUPPLY) SUPPLy)

- IAS-40 (T-3/F (T-31F-26) -26)

-J IAS-40

_ IMS-5 IMS-588(1BC (IB CSAE SAEST STEAM EAMSSUPPLy)

UPPLY)

(T-3/G-26)

(T-31G-26)

_ IMS-6 IMS-67 7 (IC CSAE STEAM (IC CSAE STEAM SUPPL~UPPLY) y)

(T-3/1-I-26)

(T-31H-26) .

112.- IAATU 112._ IAATUSTlevel STIeve1Is<1 is < I',,

AND AND 1C-573 (MDEFDW I C-573 (MI) EFDWPS PS SUCT SUCTION ION FROM FROMUST) US1)isisopen,open, A.

THEN THEN perfonn thefollow perform the following:ing: .-* .. .

A. _ Stop Stopij allEFDW BFDWpumps pumps. .

B.

B. - CloseIFDW IFDW-315. -315.

C.__C C. IoseIF Close lFDW-316. DW-316.

hdOSuri 5:,' EPJ1JAl18001001 EPI1IAII800/OO1 ExtndédEFnW~iilHOii}'

'z* .*...:. " -.

-Extended ójeión Page26of29 Page 26 of 29 i *.

i)

IF ArAl'iY~~.:"*"

IFATA NYTIME: ., ..

. ", '. . ." ", ~ ," . *!t :;:",.-

(1 12)US (112) levelisis<<1 USTTlevel AND Ie-573 1t AND 1C-573 (MD (MDBFDWPSEFDWPSSUCTION FROM UST)isiso~

SUCTIONFROMUST) openL~ ($t~"hl!

(stoji all EFDWpUmps)

EFDW pumps) " "" - .'"" .

~.... ",

." /

r7

.EndQS1ire59 End siire,9. '..

.... ,'-:"':' '~;. \. ../'. EP/IIAl1800/001 EPI1/AIlsOo/ool Extended FFDWOperation;'

ExtendedEFDW Operation . Page Page2727of29 of 29

~. .~

tI ',. ACTIONIEXPECfEPRESPONsE" ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE . ...*

RESPONSENOT

.RESPONSE NOTOBrAlNED OBTAINED 'f 113.Pformfif 113.PerfoIJ;Q. oiowing t1}~JolIowhlg:

S

• . '. *M';' . ,"'

A. Reduce A. ReduceMDE MD EFDWP FDwPflowto flow to .-

- <44ogpmper pump.

< 440 gpm per pump. .

B.

B. _Notify crew crewofMD of MDEFDWP EFDWP flow flow .

limit while aligned to hotwell.

limitwhllea]i gnedtohotwe ll.

114. WHEN 114. WhEN vacuum vacuum isis broken broken as as indicated indicated

- by vacuum no by vacuum no longer decreasing, longer decreasing, I1IEN locally THEN locally close I C-S73 close I C-573 (MD EFDWPS (MD EFDWPS SUCTION SUCTION FROM FROM UST).

UST). ,:,.

I 15._ Verify lIS._ Verify MD Ml) EFDWPs EFDWPs were were stopped stopped duedue _ GO GO TO Step Step 117.

117.

to to UST level level <'}' < 1..

I1116.Perforin 6.Perforrn the the following:

following:

A.

A. - Restart all MD Restart fl MD EFDWPs EFDWPs that were were stopped due to stopped due to UST level < II.

level <1.

.\. B.

B. Resume feeding feeding available available SOs.SGs.

117. . Stop 117._, Stop 11 1]) EFDW PUMP.

'IDEFDWPUMP.

II L_ Locally 118._ Locally close C-I 57 (TD EFDWP close 1lC-lS7(fDEFDWP SUCTION FROM UST) US1) (T-l/C-20).

(T-lIC-20).

119.

119._ Open Open IC-391. lC-39I. _ Locally Locally open open 1C-391 lC-391 (fl) EFDWP (TD EFDWP SUCTION FROM HOTWELL)

SUCTION .

(T-l/C-20).

(T-1/C-20).

120._

120._ IAAT IAAT 11TD TO EFDW EFDW PUMP PUMP operation operation isis desired, desired, AND AND hotwell hotwell level level is> is > 1, 1", .

TEEN THEN start start I1TD 1D EFDW EFDW PUMP. PUMP.

{.

,. Encl~:U*~,::~'

.. ~ .. ':'7 ... EPI :t/A/18()O/Q()1 EP1IIA/1800 /OOi Emm&d ExtedEDpáa EFDl¥ 'OperatiOn liOn:, .: Page28of29 Page 28 of29 iF ATANY TIME: . .'":

)

(120)11 TD (120) EFDW PUMP TD EFDW PUMP operation operation is is desired desired AND Ar4D h<>twellievel hotwell level is>

is>1" (start '11 TDEt'DW" 1 ._ (start ThPDW '

PUMP)

, PUMP) ' . ; ," ' _ .

~:'

Thiclosu Enclo sure re 5.9 5.9 EP/lfAJI EP/II Al180soof oor 0/00I Exten Extended ded EFDW KDW Opera Operation tion Page2 90f29 Page 29 of 29

[ ACflON ACfIO N/EX IEXP PECT ECTED RESPON ED RESP ONSESE .RE8P RESPON

()NSE NOT OBT.A SE NOT OBTAIN JNE])

ED I 121 .Disp 121.D atch!lJl ispatch an operaW operatort to open open the the follow following ing::

_ 1IC-1 88 (Hotw C-188 (Hotwell ell Emerg EmergM Makeu akeupp#1#1 Controll Bypas Contro Bypass) (f-llW (1-11W ofB-2 of E-24 4).). (IS}

(18)

_ lC-9112 1C-9 2 (USTR (IJSTRISEISER TO HW RTO HW EMER EMERG G MAKE MAKEUP UP #2 AUTO ISOL. BYPASS ISOL. BYPA SS))

(T-11G-23)

(T-lIG -23) 122._ Notify 122._ Notify TSC to evaluate metho methodsds to mainta maintainin secondaryary inventory.

123._ IAAT 123._ 1AAThotwe hotwellll level iss is In, 1,

EllEN stop all THEN j EFDWPs.

124. ° WHEN directe d by CR SRO, 124._

THEN EXIT this enclos THEN enclosure.

ure.

t.

4

\

b

~,

......~'. ... ..,.

:"

. -'. f ...

. ,,/..,~.:'~ ".':'

,\.,'

ThSAGBThj.ONAWB

-J:

h

CRO-601 CRO-601 fnlfnl Page Page 11 of of 12 12 REGION II EXAMINATION INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE CRO-601 Synchronization Synchronization With the Grid Following a Load Rejection CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-601 CRO-601 fnlfnl Page Page 22 of of 12 12 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task:

Synchronization With Synchronization With the the Grid Grid Following Following aa Load Load Rejection Rejection Alternate Path:

Alternate Path:

No No Facility JPM #:

Facility CRO-601 KIA Rating(s):

KIA Rating(s):

System: 062 K/A:

KIA: A4.07 Rating:

Rating: 31*13.1*

3.1*/3.1*

Task Standard:

The main generator is synchronized to the electrical grid using AP/1 (Unit Runback)

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant _ __ Perform _X_

X Simulate

References:

AP/1 (Unit Runback)

Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical: No

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: - - - -

NAME Time Finish: - - - -

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - -

Examiner: ___________________ - - - - - - - - - - - - -_ _ _ _--_1/ _ _--

NAME SIGNATURE SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMM COMMENTSENTS

CRO-601 fnl 6 of 12 Page 6 STEP STEP4:4: Step 16 Verify automatic SPEED MATCH is desired.

- SAT STANDARD: Determine if automatic SPEED MATCH is desired.

Continue to Step 17

- UNSAT UN SAT Cue: If asked as the SRO, inform candidate that automatic SPEED MA TCH is MATCH desired.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: Step 17 CRITICAL STEP Select SPEED MATCH on SELECT SPEED TARGET.

- SAT STANDARD: SPEED MATCH is selected on SELECT SPEED TARGET.

Continue to Step 18

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 6: Step 18 GO TO Step 21.

SAT STANDARD: Candidate goes to Step 21.

Continue to Step 21

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-601 fnl Page 3 of 12 12 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Recall Snap 208 smuIator in RUN

2. Place simulator

CRO-601 fnl Page 5 of 12 12 START TIME: _ __

STEP 1: Step 1313 Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE in AUTO.

Ensure SAT STANDARD: Verify VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE switch selected to AUTO on U B2.

UB2.

Continue to Step 14 - UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP2:

STEP 2: Step 14 Notify SOC that Turbine generator is ready to be paralleled to system and that Voltage Regulator Mode is in AUTO. -

SAT STANDARD: The CR phone is used to notify the SOC that Turbine generator is ready to be paralleled to system and that Voltage Regulator Mode is in AUTO. IJNSAT UNSAT Continue to Step 15 COMMENTS:

STEP 3: Step 15 CRITICAL STEP Place PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) synchronizing switch in ON.

STANDARD: PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) synchronizing switch located on - SAT 1UB2 1 UB2 is placed in ON.

Continue to Step 1616

- UNSAT UN SAT COMMENTS:

CRO-601 fnl Page4ofl2 Page 4 of 12 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Tools/EguipmentIProcedures Needed:

AP/001 (Unit Runback)

AP/OO1 READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 I initially operating at 40% power when PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) and PCB-21 (GENERATOR BREAKER) trip open due to a faulty relay Unit is currently at :::; 20% power The faulty relay that initiated the load rejection has been repaired APII (Unit Runback) in progress up to Section 4C step 13 AP/1 INITIATING CUES:

The SRO directs you to continue with AP/1 (Unit Runback) beginning at step 13 of Section 4C.

CRO-601 fnl Page 7 of 12 STEP 7: Step 21 Ensure slow clockwise rotation Ensure SYNCROSCOPE pointer.

rotation of the SYNCROSCOPE pointer.

- SAT STANDARD: Verify SYNCROSCOPE pointer pointer is is in in a slow clockwise rotation.

Continue to Step 22 UNSAT U NSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 8: Step 22 Using VOLTAGE ADJUST, adjust T1 Ti OUTPUT VOLTS to match SWITCHYARD VOL VOLTSTS when the SYNCHROSCOPE pOinter pointer is vertical. - SAT STANDARD: The candidate uses the VOLTAGE ADJUST located on 1 1 UB2 to Ti (Main Transformer) OUTPUT VOL increase T1 VOLTSTS to match UNSAT SWITCHYARD VOLTS when the synchroscope pointer is vertical. -

Continue to Step 23 COMMENTS:

STEP 9: Step 23 CRITICAL STEP WHEN synchroscope pointer is "" 5° before vertical, THEN close PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER). - SAT STANDARD: The synchroscope located on 1 1 UB2 is monitored and when the pointer is

"" 5° before vertical, PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) is closed by rotating the switch to the close position. The red CLOSED light - UNSAT illuminates and the white OPEN light extinguishes.

Continue to Step 24 Note: It is critical that either PCB-20 PC8-20 or PCB-21 PC8-21 is closed.

COMMENTS:

CRO-601 fnl Page Page 8 of 12 12 10:

STEP 10: Step 24 Place PCB-20 Place PCB-20 synchronizing switch in OFF.

SAT STANDARD: PCB-20 synchronizing switch located on 11 UB2 is placed in OFF.

PCB-20 Continue to Step 25

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 25 Calculate desired generator load as follows:

Current load + 35 MWe = = Desired load - SAT STANDARD: Calculate desired load using formula above.

Continue to Step 26

- UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 12: Step 26 desired load" Establish "desired load calculated above by using one of the following:

- SAT

• • LOAD REFERENCE DEMAND

• • TURBINE MASTER

• • TURBINESPEEDCHANGER TURBINE SPEED CHANGER

- UNSAT STANDARD: The LOAD REFERENCE DEMAND (on HMI screen) or the TURBINE MASTER (on 1 1 UB1) is used to establish desired "desired load.

load".

Continue to Step 27 COMMENTS:

CRO-601 fnl Page 9 of 12 STEP 13: Step Step2727 Place PCB-21 synchronizing switch in SYNCH.

STANDARD: PCB-21 synchronizing switch located on 1 UB2 is placed in SYNCH.

1UB2 - SAT Continue to Step 28 Note: The PCB-21 synchronizing switch ON position is labeled SYNC. The candidate may ask for a soft match from the SRO. - UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 14: Step 28 Close PCB-21.

STANDARD: PCB-21 located on 1 UB2 is closed by rotating the switch to the close 1UB2

- SAT position. The red CLOSED light illuminates and the white OPEN light extinguishes.

Continue to Step 29

- UNSAT UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 15: Step 29 Place PCB-21 synchronizing switch in OFF.

SAT STANDARD: PCB-21 synchronizing switch located on 1 UB2 is placed in OFF.

1UB2 Continue to Step 30 COMMENTS: - UNSAT STEP 16: Step 30 Verify TURBINE AUTO LOAD PERMISSIVE satisfied.

STANDARD: The TURBINE AUTO LOAD PERMISSIVE is verified to be satisfied by - SAT observing the status on the HMI Panel.

Continue to Step 31 COMMENTS: - UNSAT

CRO-601 fnl Page 10 of 12 STEP 17: Step 31 Place TURBINE MASTER in AUTO.

SAT STANDARD: TURBINE MASTER is placed in AUTO by depressing the AUTO pushbutton on the TURBINE MASTER Bailey.

Note: The candidate may select MEAS. VAR. and verify pointer on the "caret" caret or UNSAT verify that Turbine Header Pressure is at setpoint prior to selecting AUTO on the TURBINE MASTER.

Cue: When the candidate has placed the Turbine Master in AUTO,inform AUTO,.inform candidate the JPM is complete.

COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-601 fnl Page 11 of 12 ofl2 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Sync switch must be ON to satisfy the interlock close the PCB (generator output breaker) 5 This ensures that the generator picks up electrical load (MWs)

(MW5) when the generator output breaker is closed and prevents motoring the generator.

9 Required to tie generator to grid.

CRO-601 fnl Page 12 of 12 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 1 initially operating at 40% power when PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) and PCB-21 (GENERATOR BREAKER) trip open due to a faulty relay Unit is currently at ~ 20% power The faulty relay that initiated the load rejection has been repaired API1 AP/1 (Unit Runback) in progress up to Section 4C step 13 INITIATING CUES:

The SRO directs you to continue with AP/1 (Unit Runback) beginning at step 13 of Section 4C.

Section 4C Section 4C AP/1/A/1700/00i AP/l!A1l7001001 Both Both GEN GEN BKRS BKRS Open Open Page 11of Page of99 ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED J 1.

1. / VerifY Both Jeri Both Generator Generator Breakers Breakers tripped tripped _ Initiate aa power Initiate reduction to power reduction to :s 20%

20% CTP.

CTP.

runback in runback in progress progress or or complete:

complete:

.CTPD set

• CTPD set at at 20% 20% or or ICS ICS tracking tracking value .

value.

• GEN BREAKERS

• GEN BREAKERS TRIPPED TRIPPED Runback Light Runback Light lit.

• .CTPCTP DEMAND DEMAND decreasing or or equal equal to to CTPD SET.

CTPD SET.

• Reactor power decreasing or at

• Reactor setpoint.

..7****************************************************....................................................................................................................................................................................................... .

2. Jlnitiate Initiate End EnciS.1 5.1 (Control of Plant

........l9~~i?~2~.~~~~~i~~~~~?~~~}~

/Equipment During Runback). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. ~ Notify J NotifY SPOC to determine cause of generator breakers opening.

generator

• • • ~N~~ii;oSM~~~~k~~~~ifi~~ti~~~~~

4. :Notify OSM to make notifications as

. required per OMP 1-14 (Notifications).

CAUTION If auxiliary loads are being supplied by Auxiliary Transformer 1iT T and the AUTO/MAN transfer switches are in AUTO, a Turbine trip will result in a slow transfer (::::: ( 1I second delay) of of4i6OV 4160V auxiliaries to CT CT-i. -1. A slow transfer will result in the loss of most load shed loads and cause a reactor trip. {8)

5. n IAAT Main Turbine approaches VVGO GO TO Step 9.

\V'" operating limits per Enci End 5.3 (Main Turbine Operating Limits),

THEN GO TO Step Step 6.

6.

6. _ VerifY Verify Step Step 35 35 complete.complete. 1.

1._ Trip Rx.

Trip Rx.

2._ GO

2. GO TO TO Unit Unit 1I EOP. EOP.

7.

7. _ Trip Trip Turbine. Turbine.

8.

8. _

GO GO TO TO OPIlIAIlI04/02 OP/i/A/i 104/02 (Operation (Operation at at Power).

Power).

Section 4C Section 4C API IIAI1700100 AP/1/A/1700 /Oo11 Both GEN Both GEN BKRS BKRS Open Open Page Page 22 of9 of 9 IF AT IF AT ANY TIME:

ANY TIME:

(5)

(5) Main Turbine Main Turbine approaches approaches operating limits per operating limits per End End 5.3 5.3 ... (trip

. . (trip the the Main Main Turbine)

Turbine) t**

Section 4C Section 4C AP/1/A/1700 /00i1 AP/l!AIl 700100 Both Both GEN GEN BKRS BKRS Open Open Page 33 of Page of9 9 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EX PECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

RESPONSE

9.

9. j'-l IAAT IAAT a Reactor shutdown shutdown is desired -"'GO TO Step 12.

/o 12.

THEN GO TOStep1O.

THENGOTO Step 10.

10. _ Verify Step 35 complete. L_ Trip Rx.

1.

2. GO TO Unit 11 EOP.

1Ii. L _ GO TO OP/i/A/i OPIlIAIl102/004 102/004 (Operation At Power).

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 7**********............................................................................................................................................................................................................................- .............................

. 12. _ZWHEN WHEN plant conditions allow, AND cause of load rejection has been determined, THEN continue.

CAUTION Do NOT excite Generator> 19.95 KV. Generator winding damage may result.

13.

Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR REGULATOR i._ Notify SPOC to investigate the problem 1._

MODE in AUTO. with VOLTAGE REGULA REGULATO TOR R AUTO MODE.

2. _ WHEN directed by the OSM to synchronize the generator in either the AUTO mode or the MANUAL mode, THEN continue with the procedure.

3._ Notify SOC that Turbine Generator is ready to be paralleled to system and that Voltage Regulator Mode is in AUTO or MANUAL.

4._ GO 4._ GOTOStepi5 TO Step 15..

14.

14. _

Notify SOC that Turbine Generator is ready to be paralleled to system system and and that Voltage Voltage Regulator Regulator Mode is is in in AUTO.

15.

15. Place Place PCB-20 PCB-20 SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING switch switch in ON. in ON.

16.

16. _

Verify Verify automatic automatic SPEED SPEED MATCH MATCH is is _ GO TO GO TO Step Step 19. 19.

desired.

desired.

Section 4C Section 4C APil/AI17001001 AP/1/A/1700/OOl Both GEN Both BKRS Open GEN BKRS Open Page Page 44 of9 of 9 IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME:

TIME:

(5)

(5) Main Turbine Main Turbine approaches approaches operating operating limits limits per per End End 5.3 5.3 ... (trip

... (trip the the Main Main Turbine)

Turbine)

(9)

(9) Reactor shutdown Reactor shutdown desired desired ... (shutdown

... (shutdown the the reactor)

Section 4C Section 4C API1/AIl700 AP/l!AJI700/001 /oo1 Both Both GEN GEN BKRS BKRS Open Open Page Page 55 of of9 9 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EX PECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED ]

17.

17.

Select SPEED Select SPEED MATCH MATCH on on SELECT SELECT SPEED TARGET.

SPEED TARGET.

18. _ GO

18. GO TO TO Step Step 21. 21.

-'~""'-"'--'-""-"-"""-""""-"""- ...... ....... .... .............._...................... - ........ .... ..............._._ ............._...... ..........-.. _....._.......__ .........

19.

19.

Select 1800 Select 1800 RPM RPM on on SELECT SELECT SPEED SPEED TARGET.

TARGET.

20.

20.

Use TURBINE Use TURBINE SPEED SPEED CHANGER to adjust generator speed speed until until slow slow clockwise rotation rotation of of SYNCHROSCOPE SYNCHROS COPE pointer pointer is established.

21. Ensure slow clockwise rotation of the I.l. _Notify Notify SPOC to investigate the SYNCROSCOPE SYNCROSCOPE pointer, pointer. problem with automatic speed adjust.

2. _ WHEN the problem is corrected, THEN continue.

22. _ Using VOLTAGE ADJUST, adjust Tl Ti OUTPUT VOLTS to match SWITCHY SWITCHYA ARD RD VOLTS when the SYNCHROSCOPE SYNCHROS COPE pointer is vertical.

....... ..... ............................ ...................................................... .. ...................-.. ~ .... , ..... .

23. _

WHEN SYNCHROSCOPE SYNCHROSCOPE pointer is

~ 5° before vertical, THEN close PCB-20.

24.

Place Place PCB-20 PCB-20 SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING switch switch in in OFF.

25.

25. _ Calculate Calculate desired desired generator generator load load as as follows:

follows:

• . Current Current load load ++ 35 35 MWe MWe == Desired Desired load load

• . MWe+

MWe+35MW 35 MWe= e MWe MWe 26.

26. Establish Establish Desired Desired Generator Generator load load using using one of the of the following: following:

LOAD LOAD REFERENCE REFERENCE DEMAND DEMAND TURBINE TURBINE MASTER MASTER TURBINE TURBINE SPEED SPEED CHANGER CHANGER 27.

27. Place Place PCB-21 PCB-21 SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING switch switch in SYNCH. in SYNCH.

28.

28.

Close Close PCB-21. PCB-21.

Section 4C Section 4C AP/I/AI17001001 AP/1IA/l700/ool l3oth GEN Both GEN BKRS BKRS Open Open Page Page 66 of9 of 9 IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME:

TIME:

(5)

(5) Main Turbine Main Turbine approaches approaches operating operating limits limits per per Encl End 5.3 5.3 ... (trip

... (trip the the Main Main Turbine)

Turbine)

(9)

(9) Reactor shutdown Reactor shutdown desired desired ... (shutdown

... (shutdown the the reactor) reactor)

Section 4C Section 4C API1/A!1700/001 AP/l/A/I700/00I Both BKRS Open GEN BKRS Both GEN Open Page Page 77 of of99 ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION[EXPECTED RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

29.

Place PCB-21 PCB-2I SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING switch in switch in OFF.

OFF.

30. _

30. Verify TURBINE AUTO LOAD _

Take action to repair or meet TURBINE PERMISSIVE satisfied. AUTO LOAD PERMISSIVE.

31. Place TURBINE MASTER in AUTO.

32. _

Press TURBINE LOAD pushbutton.

33. Verify all the following: _

Notify SPOC to investigate and repair.

TBVs close MWe increases to> to :::: 90 MWe

_ TURBINE LOAD pushbutton lamp extinguished

34. _

Verify Auxiliary Transformer IT _

GO TO Step 36.

supplying unit loads loads..

35. _

Restore rapid bus transfer logic as follows:

A. Place the following Unit 11 AUTO/MAN transfer switches in MAN:

MFBI MFB1 AUTO/MAN MFB2 AUTO/MAN ITA AUTO/MAN 11TB TB AUTO/MAN B. Place the following Unit 1I AUTO/MAN transfer switches in AUTO:

MFBI MFB1 AUTO/MAN MFB2 AUTO/MAN ITA 1TA AUTO/MAN AUTO/MAN ITB 1TB AUTO/MAN AUTO/MAN 36.

36. Verify Verify the the following following open:

open: _

SPOC to Notify SPOC to investigate and repair.

investigate and repair.

_ Turbine Turbine Stop Stop Valves Valves

_ Reheatiintercept Reheat/Intercept Valves Valves Turbine Control Valves (as required)

Section 4C Section 4C AP/l!AI1700/001 AP/1IA/1700/ool Both GEN Both BKRS Open GEN BKRS Open Page 88 of9 Page of 9 IF AT IF ANY TIME:

AT ANY TIME:

(5) Main Turbine approaches operating limits perper Encl End 5.3 ... (trip the Main Turbine)

(9) Reactor shutdown shutdown desired ... (shutdown the reactor)

Section 4C Section 4C AP/lIAIl700/

AP/l!Al1700/00100l Both BKRS Open GEN BKRS Both GEN Open Page Page 990f9 of 9 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 37.

37.

runback has or IAAT another runback or should should occurred, have occurred,

________I~_~_~Q._QJ:'_Q §~~~~ql}~_l!t_!.\~!!~Q~:____________________________0_________________________

THEN GO TO __Subsequent Actions. __

NOTE current plant configuration must be compared to Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration the normal plant configuration in OP/i/All 102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction OP/1IA11102/004 enclosure. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.

38. _ Verify restoration to unit power _

OP/lIAIlI02/004 (Operation at GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 operation is desired. Power) enclosure for power reduction to verify unit status.

39. _GO TO the following as required:

• OPIl/All102/0l

• OPI 1/A/il 02/01 (Controlling (Control I ing Procedure for Unit Startup)

• OPIl/All102/004 OP/i/A/i 102/004 (Operation at Power)

• ..END...

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK CRO-085 fnl Page 11 of 10 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-085 eRO-085 ADJUST RADIATION MONITOR SETPOINTS CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-085 fnl Page 2 of 10 Page 10 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL EXAMINATION LICENSE EXAMINATION PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Adjust radiation monitor setpoints.

Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

CRO-85 KIA Rating(s):

System: 073 K/A:

KIA: A4.01 Rating: 3.9/3.9 Task Standard:

Adjust 11 RIA-37 and 11 RIA-38 for a GWD release per procedure.

Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant _ _ X Perform ---"-X",--_ Simulate

References:

OP/i -2/A/l 104/018, GWD system OP/1-2/A/1104/018, PTIO/A1230/01, Radiation Monitor Check PT/O/A/230101, Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: - - - -

NAME Time Finish: _ __

Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - -

Examiner: _______________

NAME

---

~~~~~

SIGNATURE

__--_~/_~~ DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS

CRO-085 fnl Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL SNAP 209 Goto

2. Go to RUN

CRO-085 CRO-085 fnl Page 4 of Page of 10 10 TooIsIEg ui pmentlProcedures Needed:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

OP/i -2/A/I 104/018, OP/1-2/A/11 End. 4.9 &

04/018, Encl. & 4.10 PT/0/N230/0I, Radiation Monitor PT/OIN230101, Monitor Check (Encl.

(End. 13.6) 13.6)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Release of "8" B GWD tank is desired.

GWR5 in progress.

No other GWRs OP/i -2/A/i 104/018, OP/1-2/A/11 04/018, Enclosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to Step 3.4 INITIATING CUES:

SRO directs you to continue the release of the "8" B GWD tank beginning at Step 3.4 of Enclosure 4.9.

CRO-085 CRO-085 fnlfnl Page Page 55 of of 10 10 START TIME: _ __

STARTTIME:

STEP 1:

STEP 1: Step 3.4 Step 3.4 Perform the Perform the following following onon Enclosure Enclosure 4.10 4.10 (GWD (GWD Tank Tank Sample Sample Request):

Request):

SAT SAT

• • Record Initial Record Initial GWD GWD Tank Tank Pressure Pressure AND GWD GWD Tank Tank Volume

• • Record Start Date AND Time

• • Record background readings for 11 RIA-37 & 11 RIA-38 RIA-38

- UNSAT UN SAT STANDARD: Determine B GWD tank pressure is 55.3 psig by looking on either the QAC on the chart on 11VB1 OAC VB 1 Determine GWD Tank Volume is ::::: 5200 Ft Fe 3 by using the curve in OP!1108/001 (General Curves and Information)

OP/1108/001 Determine background readings for 1I RIA-37 & 11 RIA-38 by observing the RIA readings on the RIA View Node and record on Enclosure 4.10.

Note: The background readings should be as follows:

1IRIA-37 RIA-37 Background reading is: - 1.346 E3 cps IRIA-38 Background reading is: -1.114 1RIA-38 1.114 E1 El cps Continue to Step 3.5 COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Step 3.5 Record recommended 1 1 RIA-37 and 38 Alert and High setpoints from Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request): - SAT

• • 1 RIA-37 3.47 E5 1 ES cpm above background

• • 1 RIA-38 2.78 E2 cpm above background 1

STANDARD: Obtain this information from the sample request and record on form. - UNSAT Continue to Step 3.6 COMMENTS:

CRO-085 CRO-085 fnlfnl Page 66 of Page of 10 10 NOTE: The NOTE: The RIA RIA required required to to terminate terminate release release (RIA (RIA within within range) range) must must bebe operable operable or or two two I I independent independent samples samples must must be be taken taken (SLC (SLC 16.11.3).

16.11.3).

SAT SAT STEP 3:

STEP 3: Step 3.6 Step 3.6 IF 11 RIA-37 IF RIA-37 oror 11 RIA-38 RIA-38 isis out-of-service, out-of-service, verify verify the the following following per per Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Enclosure (GWD Tank Sample Request): UNSAT UNSAT

• Independent Data Entry Checks completed Independent

• Independent Sample agrees with initial sample STANDARD: Determine step does not apply and N/A the step.

Continue to Step 3.7 COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Step 3.7 CRITICAL STEP Calculate actual setpoints as follows:

SAT IF 1 1 RIA-37 Operable, calculate Alert and High setpoints as follows:

1.346 E3 cpm + 3.47 E5 =

= 3.48 E5 cpm 1RIA-37 1 RIA-37' Add to background' background 1RIA-37 - UNSAT background value from Step 3.5 Alert and High alarm setpoints 1.114 E1 El cpm +

+ 2.78 E2 =

= 289 289cpm cpm 1 RIA-38 1RIA-38' Add to background' background 1RIA-38 1 RIA-38 background value from Step 3.5 Alert and High alarm setpoints STANDARD: Calculate set points pOints using formula above.

Continue to Step 3.8 COMMENTS:

CRO-085 CRO-085 fnlfnl Page Page 77 of of 10 10 STEP 5:

STEP 5: Step 3.8 Step 3.8 CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Perform one Perform one of of the following:

the following:

SAT SAT IF calculated IF calculated setpoints setpoints are above instrument are above range OR instrument range OR RIA RIA out-of-out-of-service, over-ride 11 RIA-37 service, over-ride RIA-37 setpoints setpoints as follows:

as follows:

• Set 11 RIA-37 Set RIA-37 Alert Alert setpoint setpoint at at zero zero per per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT!0/A10230/001 (Radiation (Radiation Monitor Check).

Monitor Check). UNSAT UNSAT

• Set 11 RIA-37 Set RIA-37 High setpoint at High setpoint at zero zero per per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT/0/A10230/001 (Radiation (Radiation Monitor Check).

Monitor Check).

IF calculated setpoints are within instrument IF instrument range range AND RIA RIA operable, set alarms as follows:

• Set 11 RIA-37 Set RIA-37 Alert setpoint setpoint at 348 E5 at 3.48 E5 cpmcpm per per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT/0/A/0230!001 (Radiation Monitor (Radiation Monitor Check).

Check). (from (from Step Step 3.7.1) 3.7.1)

• Set 11 RIA-37 High setpoint at 3.48 E5 cpm per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT/0/A0230/001 (Radiation MonMonitor itor Check). (from Step 3.7.1)

STANDARD: Set 11 RIA-37 alarms as calculated above.

Continue to Step 3.9 COMMENTS:

CRO-085 CRO-085 fnl ff1 Page Page 8 of 10 10 STEP 6:

STEP 6: Step 3.9 Step 3.9 CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Perform one Perform one of the following:

SAT SAT IF calculated setpoints IF calculated setpoints are are above above instrument instrument range range OR OR RIA out-of RIA out-of-service, over-ride 11 RIA-38 RIA-38 setpoints as follows:

• Set 11 RIA-38 Alert Set Alert setpoint at zero per PT/O/A/02301001 PT/01A102301001 (Radiation Monitor Check).

Monitor UNSAT UNSAT

• Set 11 RIA-38 High setpoint at zero per PT/O/A/02301001 PT/0/A10230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check).

IF calculated setpoints are within instrument range AND RIA operable, set alarms as follows:

• Set 11 RIA-38 Alert setpoint at 289 cpm per PT/O/A/02301001 PT/0/A10230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check). (from Step 3.7.1)

• Set 11 RIA-38 High setpoint at 289 cpm per PT/O/A/02301001 PT/0!A10230/001 (Radiation Men Monitor itor Check). (from Step 3.7.1)

STANDARD: Set 11 RIA-38 alarms as calculated above.

COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

eRO-085 CRO-085 fnl Page 9 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 4 Required to ensure proper setpoint is calculated.

5 Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits.

6 Required to set RIA to prevent station release above limits.

CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

B GWD tank is desired Release of "8" No other GWRs in progress.

OP/i -2/A/1104/018, Enclosure 4.9 (GWD Tank Release) is in progress and completed up to OP/1-2/A/1104/018, Step 3.4 INITIATING CUES:

B GWD tank beginning at Step 3.4 of Enclosure 4.9.

SRO directs you to continue the release of the "8"

Enclosure 4.9 1A/1104/018 2

OP/l OP/l-21A11104/018 GWD Tank Release Page 11 of 15 B

13 GWD Tank (Affected Tank)

1. Initial Conditions JJ 1.1 l&2 GWD Disch Flow (IMSCCROOOl)

Verify Unit 1&2 (1MSCCR0001) instrument operable.

X 1.2 Review Limits and Precautions.

2. Procedure NOTE: It is a Management Objective to hold up GWD tanks for at least 30 days prior to release

[ whenpossible.

when possible. {13}

,,/lJg P1,9 2.1 IF GWD tank to be released has NOT been isolated for at least 30 days OR will be released without a PI AlC filter, record the following: {13}

P/A/C { 13 }

• Cause of equipment or subsystem inoperability requiring release without 30 day holdup: ___________________________________________________

holdup:

• Corrective action to restore equipment or subsystem operability and to prevent recurrence: _________________________________________________

recurrence:

L-2.2 2.2 Initiate Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request).

2.3 WHEN sample results are received, perform the following:

~ 2.3.1 IF sample results allow release as determined by CR SRO, continue to Section 33 (GWD Release).

2.3.2 ~ IF sample results are too high in activity for release, perform the following:

I A. Indicate reason tank NOT released in Comments section of Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request).

B. Complete Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request) and return to RP.

C. Exit this Enclosure.

Enclosure 4.9 oP/12/A/1 104/0 18 op;1-2/AI1104/018 GWD Tank Release Page 2 of 15

3. GWD Release 3.1 Determine any other GWR(s) in progress at station:

Detennine Releases in Progress Release Rate of Station Limit Unit 1 DYes Uniti DYes

~ No No Unit2 Q Yes Unit 2 DYes I1l No Unit3 jj Yes Unit 3 DYes No fA NOTE:

• Steps in PT/1-2/A!0230/002 PT/l-2/A/02301002 (GWD Tank Release) completed prior to GWD Tank 1RIA-37 & 38. {3}

release to satisfy SR 16.11.3.12 on lRIA-37

• If any instrument is unavailable, the associated surveillance requirement is NOT required. {3}

{3 }

L 3 .3.2 2 Perform steps for prior to GWD Tank release in PT/1-2/A/0230/002 Perfonn PT/I-2/A/02301002 (GWD Tan1e Tank Release). {3}

L 3 .3.3 3 A-45 setpoints on all units adjusted for Unit 1&2 GWD Tank release per Ensure RIA-45 PT/0/A/0230/00 PT 101AI023 0100 11 (Radiation Monitor Check).

3.4 Perfonn Perform the following on Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request):

3.4.1 Record Initial GWD Tank Pressure AND GWD Tank Volume 3.4.2 Record Start Date AND Time 3.4.3 Record background readings for lRIA-37 1RLk-37 & lRIA-38 1RIA-38 3.5 Record recommended lRlA-37 1RIA-37 and 38 Alert and High setpoints from Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request):

• lRIA-37 1 RIA-3 7 _ _ _ _ _ _ cpm above background

• • lRIA-38 1 RIA-3 8 _ _ _ _ _ _ cpm above background NOTE: The RlA RIA required to tenninate terminate release (RIA within range) must be operable or two independent samples must be taken (SLC 16.11.3).

3.6 IF lRlA-37 1RIA-37 or lRIA-38 1RIA-38 is out-of-service, verify the following per Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request):

oLI Independent Data Entry Checks completed oLI Independent Sample agrees with initial sample

Enclosure 4.9 OP/l2/AJ1 104/0 18 OP/l-2/A/1104/018 GWD Tank GWD Tank Release Release Page 33 of15 of 15 3.7 3.7 Calculate actual Calculate actual setpoints setpoints as as follows:

follows:

3.7.1 !E 1RlA-37 IF 1RIA-37 Operable, calculate Alert and High setpoints as follows:

---

cpm + ---------------- ___________ cpm 1RIA-37 Add to background'

'Add background 1RIA-37 lRIA-37 background value from Step 3.5 Alert and High alarm setpoints 3.7.2 1RIA-38 Operable, calculate Alert and High setpoints as follows:

IF lRlA-38

__________ cpm + _______________ ___________ cpm 1RIA-38 lRIA-38 Add to background'

'Add background 1RIA-38 background value from Step 3.5 Alert and High alarm setpoints 3.8 1RIA-37 setpoints for release as follows:

Adjust 1RlA-37 3.8.1 Perform one of the following:

A. IF calculated setpoints are above instrument range OR RIA out-of-service, over-ride lRIA-37 1RIA-37 setpoints as follows:

• 1RIA-37 Alert setpoint at zero per PT/oIA/02301001 Set lRIA-37 PT/0/A/0230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check).

• • Set 1RIA-37 lRIA-37 High setpoint at zero per PT/OIA/023 PT/0/A!0230/001 0100 1 (Radiation Monitor Check).

B. IF calculated setpoints are within instrument range AND RIA operable, set alarms as follows:

• Set 1RIA-37 lRIA-37 Alert setpoint at cpm per PT/0/A/023 0/001 (Radiation Monitor Check). (from Step 3.7.1)

PT/OIA/02301001

• Set 1RIA-37 High setpoint at cpm per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT/OIA/02301001 (Radiation Monitor Check). (from Step 3.7.1)

Enclosure 4.94.9 oP/12/AJ1 104/0 18 OP!l-2/A/II04/018 GWD Tank GWD Tank Release Release Page Page 4 of of 15 15 3.9 3.9 1RIA-38 setpoints Adjust lRIA-38 setpoints for release as follows:

follows:

3.9.1 Perform one of the following:

A. IF calculated setpoints are above instrument range 1RIA-38 setpoints as follows:

OR RIA out-of-service, over-ride lRIA-38

• PT/0/A!0230/001 Set 1RIA-38 Alert setpoint at zero per PT/O/A/023 0100 1 (Radiation Monitor Check).

• PT/0/A/0230/001 Set 1RIA-38 High setpoint at zero per PT/O/A/023 0100 1 (Radiation Monitor Check).

B. IF calculated setpoints are within instrument range AND RIA operable, set alarms as follows:

• Set 1RIA-38 Alert setpoint at cpm per PT/0/A/0230/001 PT/O/A/0230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check). (from Step 3.7.2)

• Set 1RIA-38 High setpoint at cpm per PT/0/A10230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check). (from Step 3.7.2)

PT/O/A/02301001 3.10 Ensure GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL in "HAND". HAND.

3.11 Verify GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL "CLOSED". CLOSED.

3.12 Notify Unit 33 CR to perform the following:

• Begin periodically monitoring all three Unit 33 GWD tanks to determine if pressure in y any tank is decreasing unexpectedly. {12}{ 12}

• Place a note on turnover sheet If 3RIA-45 alarms or GWD tank pressure in y "If 3RJA-45 any tank is decreasing unexpectedly, notify Unit 1 1 CR to terminate GWD tank release.

release".

3.13 Notify Unit 2 CR to place a note on turnover sheet If 2RIA-45 alarms, notify Unit 11 CR "If2RIA-45 to terminate GWD tank release.

release".

3.14 Begin monitoring all four Unit 11 GWD tanks to determine if pressure in y any tank is decreasing unexpectedly. ((12}12 }

Enclosure 4.9

/A/1104/018 2

1 OPI OP!l-2/A/1104/018 GWD Tank Release Page 55 of 15 3.15 IF AT ANY TIME gpy any tank is decreasing unexpectedly, perform the following:

3.15.1 Close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL.

3.15.2 Notify RP to initiate SRPMP 8-02 (Investigation of Unusual Radiological Unplanned radioactive effluent release.

Occurrences) due to potential 'Unplanned release'.

Person Notified Date 3.15.3 Go To Section 4 (GWR Termination). {12}

3.16 GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Discharge Header Block). (A-2-209/E 13' Open GWD-I00 13 N of Door) 3.17 IF releasing GWD Tank 'A',A, perform the following:

• Open GWD-98 (Decay Tank 1A Discharge Block). (A-2-209/E 14' 14 N of Door)

• (A GWD TANK DISCHARGE) switch in "AUTO".

Place GWD-4 ('A' AUTO.

3.18 IF releasing GWD Tank 'B',B, perform the following:

• • Open GWD-99 (Decay Tank IB lB Discharge Block). (A-2-209/E 14' 14 N of Door)

• (B GWD TANK DISCHARGE) switch in "AUTO".

Place GWD-5 ('B' AUTO.

3.19 IF releasing GWD Tank 'C',C, perform the following:

• Open GWD-204 (Decay Tank IC 1C Discharge Block). (IRW Building)

• Place GWD-206 ('C' (C INTERIM GWD TANK DISCH) switch in "OPEN". OPEN.

3.20 IF releasing GWD Tank '0',D, perform the following:

• Open GWD-205 (Decay Tank 1D ID Discharge Block). (IRW Building)

• (D INTERIM GWD TANK DISCH) switch in "OPEN".

Place GWD-207 ('D' OPEN.

Enclosure 4.9 opil2 IA/i 104/0 18 OP!l-2/AI1104/018 GWD Tank Release Page6ofl5 Page 6 of 15 NOTE:

• Station Limit release rates, per SLC 16.11, will NOT be exceeded if recommended release rates per Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request) are followed.

• The following approval levels are required for releases: {I O} {13}

{10}{13}

All Station Releases in Progress (including this one) Required Level of Approval 11 GWR in progress through P/A/C filter at 1/3 Station Limit (2::

113 ( 30 day holdup) SRO 11 GWR in progress at 1131/3 Station Limit

<<(<30 30 day holdup OR released without P/A/C filter) OSM 11 GWR in progress at 2/3 Station Limit OSM 2 GWRs in progress at 113 1/3 Station Limit each OSM 33 GWRs in progress at 113 1/3 Station Limit each OSM 3.21 Circle Required Level of Approval above based on Release Conditions.

3.22 Approval granted for release.

_ _ _-.:1/

Approval Date Time 3.23 IF tank holdup < < 30 days, perform the following:

3.23.1 IF any Projected 31 day average gaseous effluent air dose is is>> limit in Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tanle Tank Sample Request), initiate PIP including information captured in Step 2.1. {13}

3.23.2 jIF Projected 31 day average gaseous effluent air dose is ~ limit, initiate PIP for trending purposes indicating GWD Tank was released with <30 < 30 day holdup.

Enclosure 4.9 Enclosure 4.9 oi1 2iiv 1104/018 OP!l-21A11104/018 GWD Tank GWD Tank Release Release Page Page 77 of of 15 15 3.24 3.24 IF tank IF tank isis released released without without processing processing through through aa PI P/A/C filter AND AlC filter Projected 31 AND Projected 31 day day average gaseous effluent average gaseous effluent organ dose>

organ dose> limit, initiate PIP limit, initiate including information PIP including information captured captured inStep2.l.

in Step 2.1. {13} {13}

3.25 3.25 Recommended Release Recommended Release Rate Rate from Enclosure 4.10 from Enclosure 4.10 (GWD (GWD Tank Sample Request):

Tank Sample Request):

- - - - - - cfm cfm NOTE:

NOTE:

• Penetration Room Ventilation If Unit 11 Penetration Ventilation (PRV) system is shutdown, RIA-32 PIA-32 'I1 PRY PRV System System Filter Discharge sample point does NOT Discharge' NOT sample general general area area air air properly.

{2}

{2}

• With Unit 11 PRY PRV system shutdown, RIA-32 sample point for 'II PRY PRV System Filter Discharge is sampling air in piping between Unit 11 Unit Vent and PRY Discharge' PRV discharge.

{2}

{2}

• During or just after GWD Release RIA-32 RJA-32 counts may increase while selected to 1 PRY

'I PRV System Discharge causing ISA-8/B-9 Filter Discharge' 1SA-8/B-9 "Process Process Monitor Radiation High to alann.

High" alanm {2}((2} { 11 3.26 Indicate the following on Unit 11 Turnover sheet: {2} {II} {l 1}

• Just after or during a GWD release, ISA-8/B-9 "Just 1SA-8/B-9 "Process Process Monitor Radiation High" High may alarm from RIA-32 sample point selected to 'I 1 PRY PRV System Filter Discharge'.

Discharge. IF ISA-8/B-9 is due to RIA 'I - PRV System Filter Discharge', I PRY Discharge, it can be considered an expected alarm". alarm. 3.27 Adjust GWR DISCHARG DISCHARGE E FLOW CONTROL to obtain desired release rate. 3.28 Record "Begin Begin GWR # _ _ _ _" in Auto Log. NOTE: ** Steps in PT/1-2/A/02 30!002 (GWD Tank PT/l-2/A/02301002 Tan1e Release) completed during GWD Tank release are performed to satisfr satisfy SR 16.11.3.1 on 1RIA-37 lRIA-37 & & 38 and Effluent Flow Rate Monitor. {3} {3 }

• If any instrument is unavailable, the associated surveillance requirement is NOT required. {3}

3.29 3.29 IF IF equilibrium equilibrium countcount rate isis achieved AND auto auto termination does NOT NOT occur, occur, perform perform steps for during GWD Tank release in PT/1-2/A/02 30/002 (GWD Tank Release). {3} PT/l-21 Al02301002

Enclosure 4.9 oP/12,AJl 104/0 18 OP/1-21AJII041018 GWD Tank Release Page 8 of 15 NOTE: 1RIA-37 or 38 High Alarm is received: If lRIA-37

• GWD Tank discharge valve will automatically close.

Enable Control"

       * "Enable       Control screen on RIA VIEW NODE should show "INHIBIT".

INHIBIT. 3.30 jj 1RIA-37 or 38 High Alarm is received, perform the following: IF lRIA-37 3.30.1 Close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL. 3.30.2 Record maximum cpm of lRIA-371RIA-37 and lRIA-38: 1RIA-38: lRIA-37 IRIA-37 _ _ _ _ _ cpm 1RIA-38 _ _ _ _ _ cpm lRIA-38 3.30.3 IF desired to continue release, Go To Enclosure 4.15 (GWD Tank Release With Revised RIA Setpoints). 3.3 0.4 3.30.4 IF desired to terminate release, Go To Section 4 (GWR Termination). NOTE: If GWD system/tank maintenance is required the GWD tank may need full depressurization. 3.31 A or 'B' IF 'A' B GWD Tank is being released OR full depressurization of ofyany GWD tank is required, perform the following: 3.31.1 WHEN GWD Tank is "" 55 psig j3, OR release termination is desired for other reasons, close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL. 3.31.2 Add N N 2 to affected GWD tank to increase pressure to 15-20 psig per 2 Enclosure 4.17 (Adding Nitrogen To GWD Tank). 3.31.3 IF GWD tank full depressurization is required, perform the following: A. Adjust GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL to obtain desired release rate. B. WHEN GWD Tank is fully depressurized, close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL. 3.31.4 j IF full depressurization of GWD tank is NOT required, perform the ofGWD following: A. Adjust GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL to obtain desired release rate. B. WHEN GWD Tank is "" 55 psig, close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL.

Enclosure 4.9 Enclosure 4.9 opil2iAJl 104/0 18 OP/l-2/A/II041018 GWD GWD Tank Tank Release Release Page Page 99 of of 15 15 3.32 3.32 IF C or IF 'C' or 'D' D GWD Tank is GWD Tank is being being released AND full released AND full depressurization depressurization of of GWD GWD tank tank is NOT required, is NOT required, perform perform thethe following: following: 3.32.1 3.32.1 WHEN GWD WHEN GWD TankTank isis "" 20 psig OR 20 psig OR release release termination termination is is desired desired for for other other reasons, close reasons, close GWR GWR DISCHARGE DISCHARGE FLOW FLOW CONTROL. CONTROL. 3.32.2 3.32.2 Add N Add 22 to affected N affected GWD GWD tank tank to to increase pressure to 30-35 30-35 psig per 4.17 (Adding Nitrogen To GWD Tank). Enclosure 4.17 3.32.3 3.32.3 GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL to obtain Adjust GWR obtain desired release rate. 3.32.4 WHEN GWD Tank is "" 20 psig, close GWR DISCHARGE FLOW CONTROL. 3.33 Go To Section 4 (GWR Termination).

Enclosure 4.94.9 op,12ipji 104/0 18 OP!l-2/A/II04/018 GWD Tank GWD Tank Release Page 10 Page 10 of15 of 15

4. GWR Termination:

4.1 Record "Stop Stop GWR # - - - -" in Auto Log. 4.2 Complete Enclosure 4.10 (GWD Tank Sample Request) and route to RP. 4.3 IF GWD Tank 'A' A released, perform the following: 4.3.1 Isolate GWD Tank 'A' A as follows:

• Close GWD-98 (Decay Tank lA 1A Discharge Block). (A-2-209/E 14' 14 N of Door)
• Close GWD-lOO (Decay Tanks Discharge Header Block). (A-2-209/E 13', 13, N of Door)

                    **   Place GWD-4 ('A'(A GWD TANK DISCHARGE) switch in "CLOSED". CLOSED.

NOTE: ** Throttling drain valves may cause GWD tank pressure to decrease rapidly. Drain throttled 114 valves should be throttled"" 1/4 tum turn open initially.

• Steps 4.3.2 and 4.3.3 may be performed in parallel.

4.3.2 Check GWD Tank 'A' A for accumulation of water as follows: (A-2-209)

                    **   Throttle open LWD-240 (Waste Gas Tank lA       1A Drain).

• Throttle open LWD-352 (Waste Gas Tan1e 1A Drain Block).

Tank lA

• Throttle open LWD-350 (Waste Gas Tank lA 1A Drain).

                   **    Throttle open LWD-35 LWD-3511 (Waste Gas Tank 1A    lA Drain Block).

4.3.3 WHEN no water passes through sight-glass, position the following:

                   **    Close LWD-240 (Waste Gas Tank 1A        lA Drain).
                   **    Close LWD-352 (Waste Gas Tank     Tan1e 1A lA Drain Block).
                   **    Close LWD-350 (Waste Gas Tank 1A        lA Drain).
                   **    Close LWD-35 LWD-3511 (Waste (Waste Gas Tank 1A  lA Drain Block).

Block).

Enclosure 4.9 op/12/A!l 104/0 18 oP!l-2/A/II04/018 GWD Tank Release 11 of 15 Page 11 15 4.4 IF GWD Tank 'B' IF B released, perform the the following: 4.4.1 Isolate GWD Tank 'B' B as follows:

• Close GWD-99 (Tank IB lB Discharge Block). (A-2-209/E 14'14 N of Door)
• Close GWD-lOO (Decay Tanks Discharge Header Block). (A-2-209/E l3', 13, N of Door)
• Place GWD-5 ('B' (B GWD TANK DISCHARGE) switch in "CLOSED". CLOSED.

NOTE:

• Throttling drain valves may cause GWD tank pressure to decrease rapidly. Drain throttled 114 valves should be throttled"" 1/4 tum turn open initially.
• Steps 4.4.2 and 4.4.3 may be performed in parallel.

4.4.2 Check GWD Tank 'B' B for accumulation of water as follows: (A-2-209)

• Throttle open LWD-241 (Waste Gas Tank IB lB Drain).
• Throttle open LWD-355 (Waste Gas Tank IB lB Drain Block).
• Throttle open LWD-353 (Waste Gas Tank IB lB Drain).
• Throttle open LWD-354 (Waste Gas Tank IB lB Drain Block).

4.4.3 WHEN no water passes through sight-glass, position the following:

• LWD-241 (Waste Gas Tank IB Close LWD-24I lB Drain).
• Close LWD-355 (Waste Gas Tank lB IB Drain Block).
• Close LWD-353 (Waste Gas Tank lB IB Drain).
• Close LWD-354 (Waste Gas Tank lB IB Drain Block).

EncLosure 4.9 Enclosure oP/12/AJ1 104/0 18 OP!l-2/A/II041018 GWD Tank Release Page 12 Page 12 of 15 15 4.5 IF GWD Tank 'C' C released, perform the following: 4.5.1 Isolate GWD Tank 'C' C as follows:

• Close GWD-204 (Decay Tank lC 1C Discharge Block). (IRW (TRW Building)

                   **           GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Discharge Header Block).

Close GWD-I00 (A-2-209/E 13',13, N of Door)

• Place GWD-206 ('C' (C INTERIM GWD TANK DISCH) switch in "CLOSED".CLOSED.

NOTE:

• Throttling drain valves may cause GWD tank pressure to decrease rapidly. Drain valves should be throttled""

throttled 114 1/4 tum turn open initially.

• perfonned in parallel.

Steps 4.5.2 and 4.5.3 may be performed 4.5.2 Check GWD Tank 'C' C for accumulation of water as follows: (Interim Bldg)

• Throttle open GWD-197 (Waste Gas Tank lC 1C Drain).
• Throttle open GWD-198 (Waste Gas Tank lC TC Drain).

4.5.3 WHEN no water passes through sight-glass, position the following:

• Close GWD-197 (Waste Gas Tank lC 1C Drain).
• GWD-198 (Waste Gas Tank IC Close GWD-I98 TC Drain).

Enclosure 4.9 oP/12/A]11o4/o18 OP/l-2/A/I1041018 GWD Tank Release Page 13 of 15 4.6 IF GWD Tank 'D' D released, perform perfonn the following: 4.6.1 Isolate GWD Tank 'D' D as follows:

• Close GWD-205 (Decay Tank ID 1D Discharge Block). (IRW Building)
• GWD-100 (Decay Tanks Discharge Header Block).

Close GWD-IOO (A-2-209/E 13', 13, N of Door)

• Place GWD-207 ('D' (D INTERIM GWD TANK DISCH) switch in "CLOSED".

CLOSED. NOTE:

• Throttling drain valves may cause GWD tank pressure to decrease rapidly. Drain valves should be throttled 1/4 tum throttled:::: 114 turn open initially.
• Steps 4.6.2 and 4.6.3 may be perfonned performed in parallel.

4.6.2 Check GWD Tank 'D' D for accumulation of water as follows: (Interim Bldg)

• Throttle open GWD-200 (Waste Gas Tank ID 1D Drain Isolation).
• Throttle open GWD-201 (Waste Gas Tank ID 1D Drain Isolation).

4.6.3 WHEN no water passes through sight-glass, perfonn perform the following:

• Close GWD-200 (Waste Gas Tank ID 1D Drain Isolation).
• Close GWD-201 (Waste Gas Tank ID 1D Drain Isolation).

NOTE: GWD Filters drain to HA HAWT. WT. 4.7 (A-2-2 10/Waste Gas Compressor Rm) Drain GWD Filters as follows: (A-2-21O/Waste

• Throttle LWD-242 (Waste Gas Absolute Filter Drain).
• Throttle LWD-243 (Waste Gas Charcoal Filter Drain).

4.8 After one minute, perfonn perform the following: (A-2-21O/Waste (A-2-2 10/Waste Gas Compressor Rm)

       **    Close LWD-242 (Waste Gas Absolute Filter Drain).

• Close LWD-243 (Waste Gas Charcoal Filter Drain).

4.9 Perform purge on lRIA-37 Perfonn 1RIA-37 and lRIA-38 1RIA-38 per Enclosure 4.16 (lRIA-37 (1RIA-37 and 38 Purge). 4.10 Ensure complete RIA-45 setpoints adjustment for Unit 1&2 GWD Tank release per PT/0/A/023 0/001 (Radiation Monitor Check). PT/O/A/02301001

Enclosure 4.9 Enclosure 4.9 oP/12!A!11o41o18 OP/l-2/A/1104/018 Tank Release GWD Tank GWD Release Page 14 Page 14 of of 15 15 4.11 4.11 Set RIA Set alarms as RIA alanns as follows: follows:

    **         1RIA-37 Alert setpoint Set 1RIA-37 Set                  setpoint at zero.
    **    Set 1RIA-37 Set  IRIA-37 High setpoint setpoint at zero.
    **         1RIA-38 Alert Set 1RIA-38 Set            Alert setpoint at zero.

• Set 1RIA-38 High setpoint at zero.

Set 1RIA-38 4.12 alarming. IF required, remove note from Turnover sheet for RIA-32 alanning. 4.13 Notify Unit 2 CR to remove Turnover sheet note for 2RIA-45 alanns. alarms. 4.14 Notify Unit 3 CR to remove Turnover sheet note for 3RIA-45 alanns alarms and decreasing tank pressure. 4.15 PT! 1 -2!A/0230/002 (GWD Tank Release) complete. {3} Ensure PT/l-2/A/0230/002 {3 } 4.16 terminated due to 1RIA-37 or 38 High Alann, IF release was tenninated Alarm, manually reset valve inhibit on "Enable Enable Control" Control screens of RIA VIEW NODE. 4.17 A or 'B' IF 'A' B GWD tank was fully depressurized, perfonn perform the following: 4.17.1 WHEN maintenance is complete, ensure _ _ GWD tank is isolated. 4.17.2 Pressurize _ _ GWD tank to "" 55 psig nitrogen per Enclosure 4.17 (Adding Nitrogen To GWD Tank). 4.18 IF C D GWD tank was fully depressurized, perform

       'C' or 'D'                                        perfonn the following:

4.18.1 WHEN maintenance is complete, ensure _ _ GWD tank is isolated. 4.18.2 Pressurize _ _ GWD tank to "" 20 psig nitrogen per Enclosure 4.17 (Adding Nitrogen To GWD Tank). Tan1e). 4.19 Record below, below, and inin Auto Log, Log, date and time GWD TankTank was isolated. isolated. Date_______ Date- - - - Time - - - - Tank_____ Tank' - - -

Enclosure 4.9 Enclosure 4.9 oP/12/A111o41o18 OP!l-21A11104/018 GWD GWD Tank ReLease Tank Release Page Page 15 15 of of 15 15 NOTE: NOTE: Isolated GWD Isolated Tank must GWD Tank must be sampled for be sampled hydrogen concentration for hydrogen concentration within within 24 24 hours. hours. 4.20 Request sample for Request for hydrogen on isolated GWD Tank. 4.21 4.21 Update isolated isolated GWD GWD Tank Tank information information on on Unit 11 Turnover Turnover Sheet. Sheet. NOTE: Steps 4.22 and 4.23 may be performed in any any sequence. 4.22 After GWD tank has been isolated six hours, ensure the following: following:

• Pressure in isolated tank NOT decreasing
• GWD-1 (VENT HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL) controlling Vent GWD-l Header pressure 4.23 WHEN H2 2 sample results are received, perform the following:

H 4.23.1 Refer to Limits and Precautions for allowable hydrogen concentration. 4.23.2 Update Unit 11 Turnover Sheet information for H2 2 Concentration after sample H results are received.

Enclosure 4.10 Enclosure 4.10 opil2 IA/i 104/018 OP/1-2/AI1104/018 GWD Tank GWD Tank Sample Sample Request Request Page 11 of Page of2 2 GWR# GWR # /0 b ()t?b To be To be completed completed byby Ops Ops Gaseous Analysis Gaseous Analysis Request Request ForFor GWD Tank ## GWD Tank --B- Tank Tank Isolated: Isolated: Date/Time Date/Time _-I./_---L.../.wB'---__

                                                                                                  /.-f9 Tank Holdup Tank   Holdup Time:

Time: _ _ _ _ _ (days) (days) 31 Day Dose Projection Required In Accordance With SLC 16.11 31 l6.l1.2.c.l:

                                                                                .2.c. 1:       DYes El  Yes            D No El Holdup < 30 days) {13}

(Tank Holdup<30 {13} Tank will be released without a P/A/C filter (SLC 16.1 16.l1.2.c.2): {13} 1.2.c.2): {13} El DYesYes D No El Independent Sample Analysis Required: El DYesYes D No El (lRIA-37/38 OOS or alarmed during release) (1RIA-37/38 To be completed by RP Initial Sample Analysis Results Independent Sample Analysis Results

                                -(p Iodine Iodine         ,

j,q.B q? 1p."CO A-/J

                                       ,./m.P               Iodine Gaseous       33.t-z 1 E-~ ,U&      % 7,42Id              Gaseous RP Representative jjpy ~ zjj2     \r~                    RP Representative Date/Time Date/Time Date/Time - - - - - - - -

Independent Data Entry Checks completed RP Representative Independent Sample agrees with Initial Sample RP Representative Recommended Release Rates El 113 D 1/3 Station Limit _ _ _-'1.-=.-"!:O'--P----"f;'---____ cfm D El 2/3 Station Limit 1. (. g- £7 cfm NOTE: If lRIA-37&38 1RIA-37&38 are inoperable, set High and Alert setpoints to zero. Recommended High and Alert setpoints for: lRIA-37 1RIA-37 ~. P1

                           .       1f7 E S- 3                 cpm above background 1RIA-38 IRIA-38                  " .?. 7 £i F-d...

F cpm cpm above above background background Projected 31 Projected 31 day average average gaseous effluent dose: { 13 } dose: {13} Air Dose Dose (Noble (Noble gases): gases): Gamma> Gamma > 0.6 El Yes 0.6 mrad DYes El No D Beta> El Yes 1.2 mrad DYes Beta>1.2mrad D El NoNo Organ Organ Dose Dose (Other (Other than than noble noble gases): gases): Max Max dose dose to any organ to any >0.9 mrem organ >0.9 El Yes mrem DYes El No D No

Enclosure 4.10 oPIl2IAIl1o4/o18 OP/l-21AJII04/018 GWD Tank Sample Request of 2 Page 2 of2 GASEOUS RELEASE VOLUME UPDATE UPDATE To be completed by Ops GWD Tank Release Initial GWD Tank Pressure: _ _ _ _ _ _ psig pSlg GWD Tank Volume per OP/OI OPIOIA/l All I108/001 08/001 (Curves And General Infonnation): Information): ) 3 (ft Started: Date Time - - - - RIA Background Reading: IF available, available, IRIA-37 1RIA-37 IF available, available, IRIA-38 IRIA-38 Actual Release Rate: - - - - - - cfm RIA Equilibrium Readings during Release: IF available, available, IRIA-37 1 RIA-37 IF available, IRIA-38 1RIA-38 Terminated: T enninated: Date Time ---- Final Final GWD GWD Tank Tank Pressure: Pressure: _ _ _ _ _ _ psig pSlg Comments: Comments: Route this GWD Tank Sample Request to RP. I/ - - - - - CR0 CRO Date Time

Enclosure Enclosure 13.6 13.6 PT/O/A/023 0100 1 PT/O/A10230/001 lRIA-37 1RIA-37 andand lRIA-38 1RIA-38 Setpoints Setpoints Page 11 of Page of 1I

1. Initial

1. Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1 1.1 U1&2 GWD GWD Tank release planned per OPIl-21l104/018 OP/1-2/1 104/018 (GWD (GWD System).

System).

2. Procedure NOTE:

NOTE: Each RIA procedure section may be performed in any sequence. 2.1 Set process monitor setpoints as required.

3. lRIA-37 1RIA-37 3.1 Document 1RIA-37 Alert setpoint per OPIl-21l104/018 OP/1-2/1 104/018 (GWD System):

_ _ _ _ _ CPM 3.2 1RJA-37 Alert setpoint per OPIl-2/1104/018 Insert 1RIA-37 OP/1-2/l 104/018 (GWD System). 3.3 IRIA-37 High setpoint per OPIl-2/1104/018 Document 1RIA-37 OP/1-2/l 104/018 (GWD System): _ _ _ _ CPM 3.4 Insert 1RIA-37 High setpoint per OP/l-21l104/018 OP/1-2/l 104/018 (GWD System). 1RIA-38

4. lRIA-38 4.1 Document 1RIA-38 lRIA-38 Alert setpoint per OPIl-2/1104/018 OP/l-2/1 104/018 (GWD System):

         - - - - - CPM CPM 4.2     Insert 1RIA-38                    OPIl-2/1104/018 lRIA-38 Alert setpoint per OP/l-2/l  104/018 (GWD System).

4.3 Document IRIA-38 lRIA-38 High setpoint per OP/1-2/1 OP/I-2/1104/018 104/018 (GWD System):

         - - - - - CPM 4.4 4.4     Insert 1RIA-38 lRIA-38 High setpoint per  OP/l-2/1104/018 per OP/l-2/1                  System).

104/018 (GWD System).

eRO-800 CRO-800 fnl Page 1 1 of 17 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-800 CRO-BOO Perform Required Actions for an Intake Canal Dam Failure CANDIDATE: EXAMINER:

CRO-800 CRO-800 fnlfnl Page Page 22 of of 17 17 REGION REGION IIII INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task: Task: Perform required Perform required actions for an actions for an Intake Canal dam Intake Canal dam failure failure Alternate Path: Alternate Path: No No Facility JPM #: Facility CRO-800 KIA Rating(s): KIA Rating(s): System: 075 A2.O1 K/A: A2.01 KIA: 3.0*/3.2 Rating: 3.0*/3.2 Task Standard: AP/13 (Dam Failure) is correctly implemented for a failed Intake Canal Dam. Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method: Simulator X In-Plant _ __ Perform _X_X Simulate

References:

AP/13, Dam Failure Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical: No

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: _ _ __ NAME Time Finish: - - - Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - - Examiner: /

           -------~N~A~M-E-----------

NAME SIGNATURE SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS COMMENTS

CRO-800 fnl eRO-SOO Page 3 of 17 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: RecaIISnap2l4

1. Recall Snap 214

2. Import eRO-SOO CRO-800 files

3. Place simulator in RUN

CRO-800 fnl eRO-800 17 Page 4 of 17 Tools/EguipmentlProcedures Needed: Tools/Equipment/Procedures API1IAI1700I13, Dam Failure AP/1/A/1700/13, READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Intake Dam failure has occurred. Unit 1 I has been manually tripped. Subsequent Actions of AP/13, AP/I 3, Dam Failure have been completed up to step 4.7. INITIATING CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs you continue with AP/I 3, Dam Failure beginning at step 4.7. AP/13,

CRO-SOO CRO-800 fnl Page 5 of 17 17 START TIME: _ __ STEP 1: 1: CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP STEP Step 4.7: but one CCW Stop all but CCW pump. pump.

                                                                                       -   SAT STANDARD:   Locate CCW pumps on 1AB3 and stop all but one by rotating the pump switches to the TRIP position. Verify red lights off and white lights on.

UNSAT UN SAT 4.8 Continue to Step 4.S COMMENTS: STEP 2: 4.8: Step 4.S:

                                                                                       -   SAT Ensure CCWP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch is positioned to a running CCW P.

CCWP. STANDARD:

                                                                                       -   UNSAT Continue to Step 4.9 COMMENTS:

CRO-800 CRO-SOO fnl Page 0 f17 Page 66 of 17 NOTE CRITICAL STEP I LPSW pumps will be secured later in this AP causing loss of LPSW to the RCPs. I SAT STEP 3: STEP3: Step 4.9: Step4.9: Stop all RCPs. Notify CR SRO that for EOP purposes, RCPs should be considered unavailable for restart until LPSW is restored. - UNSAT STANDARD: The control switches for RCPs 1 A 1, 1 1A1, A2, 1 1A2, B 1, 1 1B1, B2 are located by the 1B2 1AB1 and rotated to the TRIP position. candidate on 1AB1 The candidate verifies the RCPs are stopped by red run lights off and/or "0" amps indicated. 0 The candidate notifies the CR SRO that "that for EOP purposes, RCPs should be considered unavailable for restart until LPSW is restored." restored. Continue to Step 4.10 Cue: As the SRO, state that you understand the RCPs are considered unavailable for restart until LPSW is restored. COMMENTS: STEP 4: Step 4.10 Dispatch an operator to open the following valve(s) on all operable SSW SAT headers: -

                 ** HPSW-900 (B HDR SIPHON SEAL WATER (SSW) SYSTEM CONN)
                  ** HPSW-901 (A HDR SIPHON SEAL WATER (SSW) SYSTEM                                 UNSAT CONN)

STANDARD: Calls NEO Kitchen and dispatches an operator to open HPSW-900 and HPSW-901. Continue to Step 4.11 COMMENTS:

CRO-800 fnl Page 7 Page 7 0off 17 NOTE CCW-8 must be de-energized prior to submersion by lake water. This should be accomplished within 1 1 hour of initiation of the event. - SAT CCW Emergency Discharge Siphon Flow may have been established automatically as a result of loss of power. STEP STEP5: 5: Step 4.11: Step4.11: UNSAT Verify CCW-8 is open. STANDARD: Determine that CCW-8 (located on 2AB3) is CLOSED by observing the Green CLOSED light is illuminated. Continue to RNO, GO TO Step 4.19 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP CRITICALSTEP STEP6: STEP 6: Step 4.19: Step4.19: Dispatch an operator to open 1 1 DP-F5C (CCW-8 BKR (EMERG CCW DISCH TO TAILRACE)) - SAT STANDARD: Dispatch an operator to open 1 1 DP-F5C.

                                                                                    -   UNSAT UN SAT Continue to Step 4.20 Booth cue: An operator has been sent to open 1          IDP-F5C.

DP-F5C. Note: Using time compression the breaker will be opened. COMMENTS:

CRO-800 fnl P 8 off 17 age 80 Page STEP 7: Step 4.20: Stop all Unit 1 1 ESV pumps: SAT

               **   1A ESV PUMP 1AESVPUMP
               **   1C  ESV PUMP 1CESVPUMP
                                                                                         -   UNSAT
               **   1B  ESV PUMP 1BESVPUMP STANDARD:      Locate the Unit 1 1 ESV pumps switches on 1     AB3. Turn above switches 1AB3.

to stop. Verify red light off and green light on. Continue to Step 4.21 COMMENTS: NOTE CRITICAL STEP The EWST will be used as CCWP sealing water and to cool the following: SAT

• • HPI pump motor coolers -
  • TDEFDW Pump
  • Operating CCWP motors

                                                                                         -   UNSAT STEP 8:        Step 4.21:

Place the following switches in OFF:

              **    A HPSW PUMP AHPSWPUMP
              **    B HPSW PUMP BHPSWPUMP STANDARD:      A and B HPSW pump switches located on 1AB3 are placed in the OFF position.

Continue to Step 4.22 COMMENTS:

CRO-800 CRO-800 fnlfnl PaQe 99 of Page of 17 17 STEP 9: STEP 9: Step 4.22: Step 4.22: IAAT any IAAT of the any of the following following isis full full open: open: SAT SAT

              ** HPSW-900 HPSW-900 (B   (B HDR HDR SIPHON SIPHON SEAL    SEAL WATER WATER (SSW)

(SSW) SYSTEM SYSTEM CONN) CONN)

              ** HPSW-901 HPSW-901 (A   (A HDR HDR SIPHON SIPHON SEAL    SEAL WATER WATER (SSW)

(SSW) SYSTEM SYSTEM CONN), CONN), UNSAT UNSAT THEN perform THEN perform Steps Steps 4.23 4.23 - 4.25.

                                               -  4.25.

Step 4.22 Step 4.22 RNO RNO GO TO Step 4.26. STANDARD: Determine that that HPSW-900 HPSW-900 is is full open open or or perform the the Step Step 4.22 4.22 RNO. Continue to Step 4.23 Continue OR OR Continue to Step 4.26 (JPM step 13) Continue 13) Booth cue: If called, in form candidate that HPSW 900 is full open. inform COMMENTS: STEP 10: Step 4.23: Ensure the Unit 1/2 STANDBY LPSW PUMP AUTO START CIRCUIT in SAT DISABLE. - STANDARD: Locate the Unit 1/2 STANDBY LPSW PUMP AUTO START CIRCUIT UNSAT switch on 1AB3. Place the switch in disable. - Continue to Step 4.24 COMMENTS:

CRO-800 CRO-800 fnl fnl P age 10 Page 10 0off17 17 STEP 11: STEP 11: Step 4.24: Step 4.24: CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Stop the Stop the following following pumps: pumps: SAT SAT

                **   ALPSW A          PUMP LPSW PUMP
                **   BLPSWPUMP B  LPSW PUMP
                                                                                            -    UNSAT UNSAT
                **   CLPSW C  LPSW PUMP STANDARD:         Locate the LPSW pumps switches on 11AB3    AB3 and rotate the switches to the trip position. Verify red lights off and white lights on.

Continue to Step 4.25 COMMENTS: N OTE NOTE The intent is to maintain adequate cooling water inventory while preventing loss through the EWST overflow. - SAT STEP 12: Step 4.25: Maintain EWST level >70,000 gallons and < <OVERFLOW OVERFLOW by cycling HPSW JOCKEY PUMP as necessary. UNSAT STANDARD: Monitor EWST level, FULL light, and the OVERFLOW light located on 1AB3. 1 AB3. Determine that the HPSW JOCKEY PUMP should remain in operation until the OVERFLOW light is lit. Continue to Step 4.26 COMMENTS:

CRO-800 fnl Page 11 ofl7 Paqell of 17 NOTE Unit 2 and Unit 33 may be dispatching similar enclosures. If possible, the same operator should be used for these tasks. SAT STEP 13: 13: Step 4.26: Dispatch an operator to the CCW Intake with a copy of End Encl 5.4 (NLO Actions at CCW Intake). UNSAT STANDARD: Contact an NEO and dispatch him to the CCW Intake with a copy of End Encl 5.4 (NLO Actions at CCW Intake). Continue to Step 4.27 Cue: Inform the candidate that an operator has been dispatched to the intake. COMMENTS: STEP 14: Step 4.27: Notify operator at CCW Intake to isolate SSW to all stopped CCW pumps per Encl End 5.4 (NLO Actions at CCW Intake). SAT v CCW COW Pump 1A U NSAT UNSAT 1B lB ic 1C 10 1D STANDARD: Notify operator at CCW Intake to isolate SSW to all stopped CCW pumps. Continue to Step 4.28 Cue: Inform the candidate that the operator has been notified. COMMENTS:

CRO-SOO CRO-800 fnl Page 12 Page off 17 12 017 15: STEP 15: 4.28: Step 4.2S: IAAT RCP IAAT RCP seal injection injection is is lost, lost, SAT THEN dispatch an operator to perform perform AP/25 (SSF EOP) EOP) to operate the SSF RCMU system.

                                                                                              -   UNSAT UN SAT STANDARD:        Determine that RCP seal injection has NOT been lost by observing SEAL INLET HDR FLOW flow gauge on 11 UB1.

Continue to Step 4.29 if candidate has not called concerning the status of HPSW-900190 Booth cue: If HPSW-900/901, 1, call CR as the NEO and inform him that HPSW-900 is full open. COMMENTS: STEP 16: Step 4.29 IAAT all the following exist: - SAT

               **   Loss of power occurred on Unit 11
               **   Power has been restored to Unit 11 UNSAT UN SAT
               **                             775 Level > 775' Keowee Lake Level>

THEN perform Steps 4.30 - 4.39.- STANDARD: Determine power has NOT been lost on Unit 1 1 perform RNO step Continue to Step 4.29 RNO if asked as the SRO, inform candidate that a loss of power has not occurred Cue: If on Unit 1. COMMENTS: STEP 17: Step 4.29 RNO GO TO Step 4.40.

                                                                                              -  SAT STANDARD:       GO TO Step 4.40.
                                                                                              -   UNSAT UNSAT COMMENTS:

CRO-800 fnl Page Page 13 13 of 0 f 17 17 18: STEP 18: Step 4.40 IAAT Keowee Lake Level Level::; 775, 775', SAT AND CCW-8 Bkr is open, THEN perform Steps 4.41 - 4.43. UNSAT STANDARD: 775' by observing Forebay level Determine Keowee Lake Level is ::; 775 gauge located on 2AB3 or on the OAC. Determine that CCW-8 breaker is open by observing valve indicating lights to be extinguished on 2AB3. Continue to Step 4.41 COMMENTS: STEP 19: Step 4.41 CRITICAL STEP Stop all CCW pumps. SAT STANDARD: Locate the CCW pump switches on 1 IAB3 AB3 and stop all running CCW pumps by rotating the switches to the TRIP position. UN SAT UNSAT Continue to Step 4.42 COMMENTS: STEP 20: Step 4.42 Initiate Encl End 5.3 (Cross-connect CCW Intake and Discharge Piping). SAT STANDARD: Begin Encl End 5.3 (Cross-connect CCW Intake and Discharge Piping). Continue to Step 4.43 - UNSAT End 5.3 Cue: Indicate that Encl 53 (Cross-connect CCW Intake and Discharge Piping) will be performed by another RO. COMMENTS:

CRO-800 CRO-800 fnl fnl PPage age 14 14 0off17 17 NOTE NOTE Similar instructions Similar instructions are are provided provided in in Unit and 33 procedures. Unit 22 and procedures. The The same operator should same operator should be used for these tasks. be used for these tasks. SAT SAT STEP 21: STEP 21: 4.43 Step 4.43 Step Notify the operator Notify the performing Encl operator performing End 5.45.4 (NLO Actions at (NLO Actions at CCW CCW Intake) Intake) to to isolate SSW isolate SSW to to all all Unit Unit 11 CCW CCW pumps. pumps. UNSAT UNSAT STANDARD: STANDARD: The operator The operator performing performing EnclEnd 5.4 5.4 (NLO (NLO Actions Actions at at CCW CCW Intake) Intake) is is notified to notified to isolate isolate SSW SSW to all Unit to all Unit 1I CCW CCW pumps. pumps. Continue to Step 4.44 Continue Cue: Indicate Cue: Indicate the operator operator has been notified to isolate SSW to to all Unit Unit 1I CCW CCW pumps. COMMENTS: STEP 22: Step 4.44 Notify TSC to replenish Unit 2 CCW intake lines. SAT STANDARD: The TSC is notified to replenish Unit 2 CCW intake lines. Continue to Step 4.45 UNSAT Cue: Indicate that the TSC has been notified. COMMENTS: STEP 23: Step 4.45 Notify Emergency Coordinator Coordinator to review review EndEncl 5.5 (Dam Failure

                                                                                                            -   SAT Considerations).

Considerations ). STANDARD: STANDARD: The Emergency Coordinator is notified notified to review EndEncl 5.5 (Dam (Dam Failure Considerations). Considerations ). UNSAT UNSAT Continue to Step Step 4.46 4.46 Cue: Cue: Inform the candidate candidate that the Emergency Coordinator Coordinator has has been been notified. notified. COMMENTS: COMMENTS:

CRO-800 fnl PaQe Page 15 of 17 STEP 24: Step 4.46 4A6 WHEN secondary heat removal systems are near depletion, SAT THEN initiate AP125 AP/25 (SSF EOP) in preparation for feeding the SGs with SSF ASW. STANDARD: AP/25 when secondary Candidate should indicate that they would initiate AP125 UNSAT heat removal systems are nearing depletion. Cue: Inform the candidate another operator will continue to monitor. JPM is complete. COMMENTS: END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-800 fnl eRO-800 Page 16 of 17 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: STEP # Explanation 1 1 Reduces the amount of lost inventory. 3 Reduces RCS heat load and prevents RCP damage from inadequate LPSW. 6 CCW-8 breaker must be opened to prevent inadvertent operation after flooding. 8 Reduce the amount of lost inventory. 11 Reduce the amount of lost inventory. 19 Reduce the amount of lost inventory.

eRO-800 CRO-800 fnl 17 of 17 Page 17 17 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS: Intake Dam failure has occurred. Unit has been manually tripped. Subsequent Actions of AP/13, Dam Failure have been completed up to step 4.7. INITIATING CUES: APII 3, Dam Failure beginning at step 4.7. Control Room Supervisor directs you continue with AP/13,

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnlfnl Page Page 11 of of 99 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE NLO-200 ALIGN HPI PUMP SUCTION TO BWST DURING A BLACKOUT CANDIDATE EXAMINER

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnl fnl Page 2 of 9 Page2of9 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL EXAMINATION LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task: Align HPI HPI Pump Pump Suction to BWST Suction to BWST During During aa Blackout Blackout Alternate Path: Alternate Path: No No Facility JPM #: N LO-200 NLO-200 KIA Rating(s}: Rating(s): System: APE 022 K/A: KIA: G 2.4.35 Rating: 3.8/4.0 Task Standard: HPI Pump suction is correctly aligned to BWST per the EOP and flow is controlled to the ReS. RCS. Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant X Perform _ _ Simulate _X_ X

References:

EP/1/A11800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Encl. EP/1/A/18001001 End. 5.7, (HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear) Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: _ _ __ NAME Time Finish: - - - - Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ SAT Performance Time: - - - - Examiner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

                                                      ------------------------------~/--_--       /

NAME NAME SIGNATURE SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS COMMENTS

NLO-200 flu fnl Page 3 of 9 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRucrioNs: INSTRUCTIONS: None

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnl fnl Page 4 of 9 Page4of9 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: EP/1!A11800/OO1 (Emergency EP/1/A/18001001 (Emergency Operating Operating Procedure) Procedure) Encl. End. 5.7, 5.7, (HPI (HPI Pump Pump Operations Operations from from ASW ASW Pump Pump Switchgear) Switchgear) READ TO OPERATOR READ DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Blackout is in progress on Unit 11 Blackout Tab of the EOP is in progress INITIATING CUES: The SRO directs you to perform EP/1/A/18001001 EPI1IA/18001001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Encl. End. 5.7, (HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear). The desired suction source for the HPI pump will be Unit 1's 1s BWST.

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnl fnl Page 5 of9 Page5of9 START TIME: START TIME: _ __ STEP 1: STEP 1: Step 11 Step CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Close 11HP-139 Close (RCP SEAL HP-139 (RCP SEAL FLOW FLOW CONTROLCONTROL OUTLET) OUTLET) (A-3-306, (A-3-306, CRD CRD Filter Rm) Filter Rm) SAT SAT STANDARD: STANDARD: Locate 11 HP-139 Locate HP-139 in in Unit Unit 1's CRD Filter 1s CRD Filter Room Room and and push push down down lever lever and and rotate handwheel rotate handwheel clockwise clockwise until until itit reaches reaches aa hard hard stop. stop. Stem Stem will will lower lower UNSAT UN SAT as the handwheel as the handwheel is rotated. is rotated. Valve has reached aa hard stop. Cue: Valve Cue: COMMENTS: COMMENTS: NOTE Cooling water to HPI Motor Coolers will be supplied by the following: SAT

• HPSW via head from EWST
• Station ASW Pump, if operating, via 11 CCW-265 UNSAT U NSAT STEP 2: Step 2 Verify ~ 1 I gpm cooling water flow to HPI HP! pump motor coolers on local indication (HPI Pump Rm):
• 1A HP! Pump (1 1A HPI (1LPS-PS-1013)

LPS-PS-1013)

• lB HPI 1B HP! Pump (1LPS-PS-1014)

Cue: Indicate to the candidate that cooling water flow to the 1A IA and 18 lB HPI pumps coolers is ~ 2 gpm. STANDARD: Locate the local indication of HP!HPI pump motor coolers flow located on the west wall of the HP! HPI Pump Room and determine that flow is ~ 11 gpm. COMMENTS: COMMENTS:

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnl fnl Page 6 of 9 Page6of9 STEP 3: STEP 3: Step 33 Step GO TO applicable step GO step based based on on HPI HPI pump pump suction source source specified specified by by Control Room: Room: SAT SAT

                 .yJ     Desired Suction Desired               Applicable Source           Step
                                                                                           -   UNSAT U N SAT BWST                    4 LDST                    7 SEP SFP                     9 STANDARD:       Determine the suction source is the BWST based on the cue sheet and GO TO Step 4.

COMMENTS: STEP 4: Step 4 CRITICAL STEP (A-i-i 18, N end of 1&2 Open the following (A-1-118, i&2 HPI Hatch Area, East wall): SAT

• i HP-24 (2A HPI BWST SUCTION) 1
• I HP-25 (2B HPI BWST SUCTION) 1 UNSAT UN SAT STANDARD: Proceed to the East wall of the 11 &2 HPI Hatch Area and open 11 HP-24 and 1 1 HP-25 by engaging the hand wheel and turning counterclockwise until the valve reaches a hard stop. Handwheel is engaged by pushing the lever down and turning the handwheel.

Cue: Indicate that the valve has reached a hard stop.stop_ COMMENTS:

NLO-200 NLO-200 fnl fnl Page 7 of 9 Page7of9 STEP 5: STEP 5: Step 55 Step CRITICAL CRITICAL STEP STEP Proceed to Proceed to East East Penetration Penetration Room Room and notify Control and notify Control Room Room of of the the following: following: - SAT SAT

                 **    HPI suction HPI  suction aligned aligned toto BWST BWST
                 **    HPI pump cooling water status UNSAT UNSAT
                 **    Available to throttle 11 HP-26 Cue:    After the phone call has been made to the control room, inform the candidate that the control room requests 1IHP-26   HP-26 to be opened 5 turns.

STANDARD: Proceed to East Penetration Room, locate 11 HP-26, and notify Control Room of the following:

                **     HPI suction aligned to BWST
                **     HPI pump cooling water status
                **     Available to throttle 1I HP-26
                **     Locate 11 HP-26, indicate that the engagement handle is depressed and the handwheel is rotated counterclockwise five turns.

COMMENTS: STEP 6: Step 6 EXIT this enclosure.

                                                                                          -   SAT STANDARD:       The candidate should indicate that he would exit the enclosure.
                                                                                          -   UNSAT COMMENTS:

END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

NLO-200 fnl NLO-200 Page8of9 Page 8 of 9 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: STEP # STEP Explanation 11 This step is required to prevent damaging the Rep RCP seals when the HPI pump starts. 4 This step is required to align the BWST to the HPI pump suction. 5 This step is required to throttle flow through 1I HP-26.

CANDIDATE CUE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET SHEET (TO BE (TO BE RETURNED RETURNED TO EXAMINER EXAMINER UPON UPON COMPLETION OF OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS: INITIAL is in Blackout is in progress on Unit 11 Blackout Tab of the EOP is in progress INITIATING CUES: EP/11A118001001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enc!. The SRO directs you to perform EP/1/A/18001001 End. 5.7, (HPI Pump Operations from ASW Pump Switchgear). The desired suction source for the HPI pump will be Unit 1ls

                                                           's BWST.

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/AJ1 800/001 HPI Pump HPI Pump Operation OperatIon From From ASW ASW Pump Pump Page Page 11 of of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 1.

1. Close IHP-139 (RCP SEAL

_Close SEAL FLOW CONTROL OUTLET) (A-3-306, CRD CONTROL Rm). Filter Rrn). NOTE Cooling water to HPJ HPI Motor Coolers will be supplied by the following:

• . HPSW via head from EWST
• . Station ASW Pump, if operating, via 11 CCW CCW-265

                                                     -265

2. Verify ;;::: 1I gpm cooling water flow to HPI _

Notify Control Room to contact TSC for pump motor coolers on local indication guidance. (HPI Pump Rm): (HPJ _IA IA HPI Pump (1 (ILPS-PS-1013) LPS-PS-1013) _IB lB HPI Pump (lLPS-PS-I014) (ILPS-PS-1014)

3. GO TO applicable step based on HPI pump suction source specified by Control Room:

Desired Applicable Step Suction Source BWST 4 LDST 7 SFP 9

4. Open the following (A-i-I 18, N end of (A-I-lI8,

      &2 HP1 11&2 HPJ       Hatch  Area, East wall):

IHP-24 (IA HPI _IHP-24 HPJ BWST SUCTION) IHP-25 (lB HPI HPJ BWST SUCTION)

                                       --_._----\--_._----_._-------------------

5. Proceed to East Penetration Penetration Room and notify Control Room of the following:

HPI suction aligned to BWST _HPJ _ HPI pumppump cooling cooling water status status Available to to throttle throttle 1HP-26 IHP-26 *"i:". 6.

6. EXIT this enclosure.

enclosure.

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/1/AIl800/ool EP/1/AlI800/001 HPI Pump HPJ Pinup Operation Operation From FrOm ASW ASW Pump Pump Page 22 of Page of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 1 EP/I/A/18001001 EPI1/All800/ool [IPI Pump HPI Pump Operation Operation From From ASW ASW Pump Pump Page Page 33 of of11 11 Switchgear Switchgear ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

7. Proceed to

7. Proceed East Penetration to East Penetration Room Room andand notify Control Room notify Control Room of ofthe the following:

following: _ HPI pump cooling HPI pump cooling water water status status Available to Available to throttle throttle IHP-26 1HP-26

                                       ----..-.------.I---~ . - - - - - - - - - - -

8.

8. EXIT this enclosure.

EXIT enclosure.

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/1/AlI800/001 EP/1/AIl800/ool HPI Pump HPJ Pump Operation Operation From From ASW ASW Pump Pump Page Page 44 of of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/I/A/I8001001 EPI1/AIl800/ooi HP1 Pump HPI Pump Operation Operation From From ASWASW Pump Pump Page Page 55 of of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED Rack out

9. Rack

9. out the the following following breakers:

breakers: _ lA 1 A LPI LPI Pump Pump (lTC-IO) (1 TC- 10) _ IB LPI Pump lB LPI (lTD-b) Pump (lTD-IO) I 1ARBSPump IA RBS Pump (1TC-11) (ITC-ll) _ IB IBRBSPump RBS Pump(1TD-11) (lTD-II) 10.

10. Close lLP~28 Close 1LP-28 (BWST (BWST OUTLET)

OUTLET) (Outside, East of of Unit 1I_BWST). BWST).

11. Close

11. the following Close the following (A (A-i, N end

                                   -I, N  end of of 1I &2
                                                     &2 LPI Hatch Area, East wall):

ILP-2l (IA _ ILP-21 (1A LPI BWST SUCTION) SUCTION) _ 11LP-22 LP-22 (lB LPI BWST SUCTION) (32) 32)

12. _Open 1IHP-24 (1A HPI BWST HP-24 (lA SUCTION) (A-I-I (A-i-I 18, N end of 11&2 &2 HPI Hatch Area, East wall).

---

_._._-----_.----- -----.----.~------.-.-----------.--------- ..- - . - - - - -

13. Perform the following (A-I-I28,(A-1-i28, ASW Pump PumpRm):Rm):

A. _ Close ASW SWGR FDR (ASW SWGR FDR FROM BiT-UNIT BIT-UNIT 10) (ASW 4160/600V 41601600V SWGRASW SWGR"ASWS-5). S-5). B. Close ASWS-6D (UNITS 1/2/3 112/3 SF PRIMING PUMP TRANSFOR TRANSFORMER MER BKR) BKR) (600V Load Load Center). Center). C. C. Close breaker Ul/2 U1I2 SFSF PRIMING PUMP PUMP (UNIT(UNIT 1&21&2 SF SF PRIMING PRIMING PUMP PUMP REMOTE STARTER) STARTER) (S wall). (S wall). 14.

14. Notify NotifY Control Control Room Room to to stop stop the the following:

following: _ BWST BWST Recirc Recirc Pump Pump _ Au All SF SF Cooling Cooling pumps pumps

57 Enclosure 5.7 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A11800/OO1 Operation. From ASW Pump HP! Pump Operation HPJ Page 6 of 11 Switchgear THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 1

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EPI 1IAI 18001001 EP/1/A/1 800/001 HPI Pump

                              . HPJ   Pump Operation Operation From From ASW ASW Pump Pump    Page 77 of Page    of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear ACTJONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE    RESPONSE                    RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE  NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

15. Close the

15. Close the following following (A-2,.218, (A-2-218, Unit Unit 1&2 1&2 SF SF CoolerRm):

CoolerRm): _ SF-53 (SF SF-53 (SF PUMP PUMP SUCTION SUCTION HEADER HEADER BLOCK) BLOCK) _ SF-56 (SUCTION SF-56 (SUCTION FROM UNIT 2 BWST) BWST) _ SF-54 (CANAL DRAIN HDR TO SF-54 RECIRC. PUMP) _ SF-iS ('A' SF-IS (A SF COOLER OUTLET) OUTLET) _ SF-17 ('B' SF-I7 (B SF COOLER OUTLET) SF-23 (UNIT 1I & 2 SF COOLER OUTLET HEADER BLOCK) (E wall OUTLET by B cooler) _ SF-49 (SF FILTER OUTLET HEADER BLOCK) _ SF-57 (BWST RECIRC PUMP SUCTION) _ SF-94 (C SF COOLER OUTLET) (over C SF Pump)

16. Open the following (A-2-218,

16. (A-2-2I8, Unit 1&2i&2 SF Cooler Cooler Rm):

_ SF-S SF-555 (SUCTION FROM UNIT I1 BWST) _ SF-21 (i&2(1&2 SFPSFP COOLANT SUPPLY SUPPLY HEADER BLOCK)(So uthwest) BLOCK)(Southwest) _ SF-5 SF-51I (B ('B' SF SF COOLER OUTLET TO PUMP SUCTION PUMP SUCTION HEADER) HEADER)

17. Close SF-22

17. _Close SF-22 (POOL (POOL SURFACE SURFACE OUTLET)

OUTLET) (A-4-407, (A-4-407, Unit Unit 22 Pen Pen Rm, Rm, at at crossover on chain). crossover on chain).

18. Open SF-50

18. _Open SF-50 (SF(SF POOL POOL UNDERWATER UNDERWATER SUPPLY) SUPPLy) (A-4-407, (A-4-407, Unit Unit 22 Pen Pen Rm, at crossover Rm, at crossover onon chain).

chain).

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EPIlIAJl800Iool EP/I/A/18001001 HPJ Pump Operation HPI Pump Operation From From ASW Pump ASW PUlnp Page 88 of Page of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear THIS PAGE INTENTIONALL INTENTIONALLY Y BLANK

                     ,o\':'.

J

                                                       )

Enclosure5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/I/A/I8001001 EP/1/A11800/0Ol HPIPump HPJ PumpOperation OperationFrom FromASWASWPump Pump Page Page99of of1111 Switchgear Switchgear ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION[EXPECTEDRESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSENOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

19. Notify

19. Notify Control Control Room Room toto dispatch dispatch operators operators to the following locations to establish to the following locations to establish communications and communications and await awaitfurther further instruction:

instructi on: A-1-128,ASW _ A-I-I28, ASW Pump PumpRm Rm A-4-402, EE Pen _ A-4-402, Pen Rm Rm

20. _ Obtain

20. Obtain bucket bucket and and rope rope from from EOP EOP equipment locker equipment locker U2ABS U2AB5 (A-S, (A-5, U2 U2 elevator lobby).

elevator lobby).

21. Perform

21. Perform the the following following (A-6-6I9, (A-6-619, Unit Unit 1&2 l&2 SF Pool Rm, SF Pool Rm, Send):

S end): A. _ Connect SF priming pump suction A. hose to quick disconnect fitting at PRIMiNG PUMP SEAL SF-86 (SF PRIMING WATER WATER INLET). B. _ Connect SF priming pump suction hose to SFP fill line connection tap on SF-8S SF-85 (SF PRIMiNG PRIMING PUMP UNDERWA UNDERWATER TER SUPPLY BLOCK). BLOCK). C. C. _ Open SF-8S. D. Place flex hose on discharge of SF D. _Place SF priming pump into priming pump into SFP. SFP. E. E. _ Close Close SF-84 SF-84 (SF(SF POOL POOL UNDERWA UNDERWATER TER SUPPLY SUPPLY VENT). VENT). F. Fill SF F. _Fill SF Priming Priming Pump Pump Seal Seal Tank Tank toto at least half full with DW or at least half full with DW or water water from from SFP SFP using using bucket. bucket. 22.

22. WHEN WHEN communicati communication on isis established established with operators in with operators inthe the following following locations:

locations: _ A-1-128,ASW A-1-128,ASWPumpRm PumpRm _ A-4-402, A-4-402,EE Pen Pen RmRm THEN THENopen openSF-86 SF-86 (SF(SFPRIMING PRIMING PUMP SEAL PUMP SEALWATER WATERINLET) INLET) (A-6-619, Unit 1&2 SF (A-6-619, Unit 1&2 SF PoolRm,Pool end). Rm, SSend).

EnclOsure 5.7 Enclosure EPI 1IAI 18001001 EP/1/AIl800/ool HPI Pump HPJ Pump Operation Operation From From ASW Pump Pump Page 10 10 of of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear THIS PAGE INTENTIONALL TNTENTIONALLY Y BLANK

Enclosure 5.7 Enclosure 5.7 EP/I/A/18001001 EP/1/A118001001 HPI Pump HPI Pump Operation Operation From From ASW ASW Pump. Pump Page Page 11 11 of of 11 11 Switchgear Switchgear I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED I

23. _Notify operator

23. operator inin ASW ASW Pump Pump Rm Rm toto start Ul/2

     \ start  Ul/2 SFSF PRIMING PRIMING PUMP PUMP (remote (remote starter on starter on SS wall).

wall).

24. _IAAT seal tank level begins to rise, THEN close SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET) INLET)..

                                           .--------~---.---------.--...-.-.------.-....

25. _WHEN SFP fill line is primed (as indicated by a steady discharge stream from the SF priming pump),

THEN notify Control Room of the following: HPI suction aligned to SFP fill line _ HPJ _HPJ pump cooling water status _An operator is available in the E Pen Rm to throttle 1 I HP-26

26. _ WHEN HPJ HPI Pump is started, THEN close SF-85SF.-85 (SF PRIMING PUMP UNDERWATER SUPPL SUPPLY Y BLOCK).

27. _Notify operator in ASW Pump Rm to stop the U112 U1I2 SF PRIMING PUMP. PUMP .

28. _Close SF-86 (SF PRIMING PUMP SEAL WATER INLET).

29. EXIT this enclosure.

                                                                *'~.

L THIS PAGE INTENTION ALL Y BLANK INTENTIONALLY

CRO-401 fnl 1 of 12 Page 1 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-401 ALIGNING SSF-ASW FOR SG FEED CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-401 fnl CRO-401 Page 22 of of 12 12 REGION IIII LICENSE EXAMINATION INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: SSF-ASW for SG Aligning SSF-ASW SG Feed Alternate Path: Yes Facility JPM #: CRO-401 KIA Rating(s): APE054 System: APEO54 KIA: K/A: AA1.01 AA1.O1 Rating: 4.5/4.4 Task Standard: Align SSF-ASW for SG Feed correctly per EOP Enclosure 5.34 (Aligning SSF-ASW for SG Feed). Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant _X_ X Perform Simulate X

References:

EP/2/A/18001001 EPI2IAI1800IOO1 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.34 (Aligning SSF-ASW for SG Feed) Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: NO

========================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: NAME Time Finish: _ _ __ Performance Rating: SAT _ _ _ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - - Examiner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ / NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS COMM ENTS

CRO-401 fnl Page 3 of 12 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: None

CRO-401 fnl CRO-401 fnl Page4of Page 12 4 of 12 ToolslEguipmentlProcedures Needed: Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: EP/2/A/1800/OO1 (Emergency EP/2/A/18001001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Procedure) Enclosure Enclosure 5.34 (Aligning (Aligning SSF-SSF ASW for SG SG Feed) Feed) READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Unit 2 is in HPI Forced Cooling Only one HPI pump is operating The SSF has NOT been activated No other operators are activating the SSF at this time. INITIATING CUES: The Control Room operator directs you to perform EP/2/A/18001001 EPI2IA/18001001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.34 (Aligning SSF-ASW for SG Feed)

CRO-401 fnl Page 5 of 12 12 STARTTIME: START TIME: _ __ 1: STEP 1: Step 11 Close 2CCW-268 (SSF ASWP TO SG SUPPLY) (SSF Control Rm).

                                                                                      -    SAT STANDARD:        Locate 2CCW-268 switch in the SSF Control Room. Verify closed by green light illuminated and red light off.

Note: Normally closed. - UNSAT Cue: Indicate that the closed light is illuminated. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP STEP 2: Step 2 Open 2CCW-287 (SSF ASWP TO SG SUPPLY BLOCK) (SSF Control Rm). - SAT STANDARD: Locate 2CCW-287 switch in the SSF Control Room. Depress the open button and verify the open light illuminates. - UNSAT Cue: Indicate that the open light is now illuminated. COMMENTS: STEP 3: Step 33 CRITICAL STEP Perform the following at MCC 2XSF 600 VAC in the SSF HVAC room: SAT

               ** Open 2XSF-F5A (2XSF NORM FOR         FDR BKR FROM 2X8) and remove   -

Kirk Key.

                **   Using Kirk Key, close 2XSF-F3A (2XSF EM      ERG FDR EMERG  FOR BKR FROM OXSF).                                                                UNSAT STANDARD:        Locate MCC 2XSF 600 VAC in the SSF HVAC    HVAC room and open 2XSF-F5A (2XSF NORM FDR   FOR BKR FROM 2X8) and remove Kirk Key.

Insert Kirk Key and close 2XSF-F3A. 2XSF-F3A. COMMENTS: COMMENTS:

CRO-401 fnl Page 6 of 12 Page 12 STEP 4: STEP Step 4 Step Proceed to the SSF Proceed SSF Control Control Room Room

                                                                                       -  SAT STANDARD:

STANDARD: Candidate goes to Candidate to the the SSF SSF Control Control Room Room UNSAT COMMENTS: STEP 5: Step 5 Verify SSF-ASW Pump is operating.

                                                                                       -  SAT Step 11 RNO GO TO Step 7 STANDARD:       Determine that the SSF-ASW Pump is not operating and utilize the RNO       UNSAT step and GO TO Step 7.                                                  -

Cue: If asked indicate that the SSF-ASW Pump is NOT operating by zero amps and flow. COMM ENTS: COMMENTS: STEP 6: Step 7 Verify SSF diesel being started by Unit 11 or Unit 3 3 personnel. GO TO Step 9. - SAT Cue: If asked indicate that the operator is first to arrive at the SSF. STANDARD: Determine that the SSF diesel NOT being started by Unit 1 1 or Unit 3 - UNSAT personnel and GO TO Step 9. COMMENTS:

CRO-401 fnl Page 77 of 12 12 STEP 7: Step 99 CRITICAL STEP Depress DIESEL EMERGENCY START pushbutton. SAT STANDARD: The SSF Control Room DIESEL EMERGENCY START pushbutton is depressed. Cue: Allow f':j 12 sec for the DIG to reach rated speed. 12 UNSAT COMMENTS: STEP 8: STEP8: Step 10 Verify SSF diesel operating. SAT STANDARD: Determine that the SSF diesel is operating by observing frequency and volts. UN SAT UNSAT Cue: Indicate that voltage and frequency indications are on scale. COMMENTS: STEP 9: Step 11 Verify DIG D/G frequency 59.8 - 60.2 Hz. SAT STANDARD: D/G HERTZ meter is monitored to determine frequency. The DIG Cue: Indicate DIG frequency is 60 Hertz on the SSF Control Room DIG HERTZ UNSAT meter. COMMENTS:

CRO-401 fnl Page 88 of 12 12 STEP 10: 10: Step 12 12 Verify DIG voltage 4150 -4250

                                         - 4250 V.

SAT STANDARD: The D/G VOL TS meter is monitored to determine voltage. DIG AC VOLTS Cue: Indicate DIG voltage is 4160 volts on the SSF Control Room DIG AC VOLTS meter. _UNSAT

                                                                                           -   UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 11: Step 13 Open OTS1-1 (SSF NORMAL POWER SUPPLY BREAKER B2T).

                                                                                           -   SAT STANDARD:       Verify open by observing the green open light lit and the red closed light off.

Cue: Inform student that the green light for OTS1-1 OTSI-1 (SSF NORMAL POWER - UNSAT SUPPL SUPPLY Y BREAKER B2T) is on and the red light is off. off NOTE: On a loss of power to Unit 2, OTS1-1 OTSI -1 would have already tripped open. COMMENTS: STEP 12: Step 14 CRITICAL STEP WHEN 3 seconds have elapsed,

                                                                                           -   SAT THEN close OTS1-4 (DIESEL GEN BREAKER).

STANDARD: After 3 seconds, the red CLOSE pushbutton on the SSF Control Room

                                                                                           -   UNSAT OTS1-4 OTS1 -4 (DIESEL GEN BREAKER) switch is depressed. Verify that the red CLOSE light is illuminated.

Cue: After student closes in diesel generator breaker, breaker inform candidate that red light is on and green light is off. off COMMENTS:

CRO-401 fnl Page 9 of 12 STEP 13: Step 15 Close OTS1-3 (SSF 600V OXSF FDR BKR CONTROL).

                                                                                        - SAT STANDARD:        Red CLOSE breaker position indicating light is observed to be on at the SSF OTS1-3 (SSF 600V OXSF FDR BKR CONTROL) switch.

Note: Normally closed. - UNSAT Cue: Inform student the red light is on and the green light is off. off COMMENTS: STEP 14: Step 16 Close OXSF-4B (SSF LC OXSF 600V INC BKR).

                                                                                        - SAT STANDARD:        Red CLOSE breaker position indicating light is observed to be on at the (SSF OXSF-4B SSF LC OXSF 600V INC BKR) switch.

Note: Normally closed. - UNSAT Cue: Inform candidate the red light is on and the green light is off. off COMMENTS: ALTERNATE PATH STEP 15: Step 17 Start the Diesel Engine Service Water Pump.

                                                                                        - SAT STANDARD:       Locate Diesel Engine Service Water Pump switch and start the pump.

Determine that pump did not start by. Step 17 17RNO. RNO. - UNSAT Cue: Indicate to the candidate that the Diesel Engine Service Water Pump did NOT start (green light on and red light off). COMMENTS:

CRO-401 fnl Page 10 of 12 STEP 16: Step 17 RNO CRITICAL STEP Depress RESET DIESEL GEN EMERG START pushbutton.

                                                                                     -   SAT Locally depress EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton. (SSF Diesel Engine Room)

GO TO Step 19.

                                                                                     -   UNSAT STANDARD:   Locate and Depress RESET DIESEL GEN EMERG START pushbutton.

Go to the SSF Diesel Engine Room, lift cover, and depress EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton. COMMENTS: STEP 17: Step 19 Notify affected Unit Control Rooms that the SSF Diesel start was unsuccessful and attempts are being made to power the SSF from Unit - SAT 2. STANDARD: Using a phone or radio, notify Unit 2 Control Rooms that the SSF Diesel start was unsuccessful and attempts are being made to power the SSF - UNSAT from Unit 2. COMMENTS: END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

CRO-401 CRO-401 fnl fnl Page 11 Page 11 of 12 ofl2 CRITICAL STEP CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: EXPLANATIONS: STEP ## STEP Explanation Explanation 2 must be Step must performed to provide be performed provide flow 3 Step must be Step be performed performed to swap control to the SSF. 77 Step must be performed to start the diesel and get power for the SSF. 12 Step must be performed to power the SSF from the Diesel/Generator. Diesel/Generator. 16 16 Step required to stop SSF Diesel due to no cooling water.

CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS: Unit 2 is in HPI Forced Cooling Only one HPI pump is operating The SSF has NOT been activated No other operators are activating the SSF at this time. INITIATING CUES: The Control Room operator directs you to perform EP/2/A/18001001 EPI2IAI1800IOOI (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.34 (Aligning SSF-ASW for SG Feed)

Enclosure5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/21 EP/2/A/1800 All 800100 /oo1 1 AligningSSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASWfor forSG SGFeed Feed Page Page 11 of21 of2l I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOTOBTAINED OBTAINED 1.1. _ Close 2CCW-268 Close 2CCW-268 (SSF (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SG SG SUPPLY) SUPPL Y) (SSF (SSF Control Control Rm). Rrn). 2.2. _ Open 2CCW-287 Open 2CCW-287 (SSF (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SO SG SUPPLY BLOCK) SUPPLY BLOCK) (SSF (SSF Control Control Rm). Rm). 3.3. Perform the Perfonn the following following atat MCC MCC 2XSF 2XSF 600 600 VAC in V AC in the SSF HV AC room: the SSF HVAC room: A. _ A. Open 2XSF-F5A Open 2XSF-F5A (2XSF (2XSF NORM NORM FDR BKR FDR BKR FROM FROM 2X8) 2X8) and and remove remove Kirk Kirk Key. Key. B. _ B. Using Kirk Using Kirk Key, Key, close close 2XSF-F3A 2XSF-F3A (2XSF (2XSF EMERG FDR BKR FROM EMERG FDR BKR FROM OXSF). OXSF). 4.

4. Proceed to SSF Control Room.

Proceed 5.

5. Verify SSF-ASW Verify SSF-ASW Pump is operating. _

GO TO Step 7. 6.

6. GO TO GO TO Step Step 40.

NOTE One One or more or more units units may be performing this enclosure for the respective unit. The first unit to begin this enclosure this enclosure will will take the lead in starting the SSF diesel. 7.

7. _ Verify Verify SSF SSF diesel diesel being started started by by _

GO TO GO TO Step 9. Unit Unit 1 or 1 Unit 3 3 personnel. 8.

8. _ WHEN WHEN SSF-ASW SSF-ASW Pump Pump is is operating, operating, THEN THEN GO GO TO TO Step Step 40.40.

9.

9.

_ Depress Depress DIESEL DIESEL EMERGENC EMERGENCY Y START START pushbutton. pushbutton. 10.

10. _ Verify Verify SSF SSF diesel diesel isis operating. operating. _ GO GO TO TO Step Step 19. 19 .

... _ .. ____ ..... _... _._*M. _ _ ....H........_ .. _ ..... ____ *. _. ___ ....... _____.______ .. _..........._.... _ ..........___ ..... __ ..___**"* ___ *"***..... H....._ ..........._ ..............__.__ .. _......_... _.... _..... __ ......__ ._____ .... _ ......... _ _ ......._ ............._._._ .* _.............__ ..... _-_ ......._._............__.... 11.

11. _ Verify Verify DIG DIG frequency frequency 59.8 59.8 - 60.2 -

60.2 Hz. Hz. _ Adjust Adjust GOVERNOR GOVERNOR CONTROL CONTROL to to obtain obtain D/G DIG frequency frequency 59.8 59.8 - 60.2 60.2 Hz. Hz.

                                  .....    ......                                   *....               .. --~  ..... ~                        .*.......                     --~-   .....-.-.-.----..-...           -~---.----        ......-.---------.........-.--.....--.-.-.-... ..-..-..-.-.---.-..--.----_._.... _._...-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               --~

12.

12. Verify Verify D/G DIG voltage voltage 4150 4150 - 4250 -

4250 V. V. _ Adjust Adjust VOLTAGE VOLTAGE REGULATO REGULATOR R to to obtain obtain D/G DIG voltage voltage 4150 4150 - 4250 - 4250 V. V. 13.

13. _ Open Open OTS1-l OTS1-1 (SSF (SSFNORMAL NORMAL POWER POWER _ GO GO TO TO Step Step 19. 19.

SUPPLY SUPPL YBREAKER BREAKERB2T). B2T). 14.

14. _ WHEN WHEN33seconds secondshave haveelapsed, elapsed, _ GO GOTO TOStep Step 19. 19.

THEN THENclose closeOTS1-4 OTS 1-4(DIESEL (DIESELGEN GEN BREAKER). BREAKER) .

Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/A/1 800/001 EP/2/A/18001001 Aligning SSF-ASW for SG Feed of 21 Page 2 of21 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/ EP /2/All 800/00

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       /A/1 2          800/0011 Aligning SSF Aligning                              SSF-ASW      -ASW for                   for SG          SG Feed         Feed                                   Page 33 of21 Page    of2l r                      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED                                                                                 RESPONSE                                                                                                   RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE                                            NOT OBTAINED OBTAiNED

15. _

15. Close OTS OTSI-3 1-3 (SSF 600V 600V OXSF OXSF FDR BKR CONTROL).

16. _

16. Close OXSF-4B Close OXSF-4B (SSF (SSF LC LC OXSF OXSF 600V 600V INC BKR).

17. _

17.

Start the Diesel Engine Service Water 1 _

1. . Depress RESET DIESEL GEN EMERG Pump. START pushbutton.

2. _ Locally depress EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton. (SSF Diesel Engine Room) 3._ GO GOTOStepl9 TO Step 19..

18. _ GO TO Step 37 37..

*** _** _.** _. ___ .....__.___._*.*.. _ .****......***__.........***********H.*.. _* *** __ *___ *__*.. *_*_____ *** ....................... __ ***. __ *.**. __ **** ..* ******'*.**.**** _*..*.* _........ ....................*..**..*......*..*._ ***..*.. _... _ .......... .

19. _ Notify affected Unit Control Rooms that the SSF Diesel start was unsuccessful and attempts are being made to power the SSF from Unit 2.

20. _

Verify CT-2 is aligned to another unit. _ GO TO Step 22.

21. Perform the following:

A. _ Notify CR SRO on all units. NotifY B. EXIT this enclosure.

22. _ Verify Unit 2 is in MODE 3, 4. 4,5,6 5. 6 or _ Notify NotifY CR to manually trip Unit 2.

NO MODE.

• 23. _ Verify Unit 2 MFB 2 (B2T) is energized _ GO TO Step 25.

from CT-2.

24. _ GO TO Step 26.

25. _ Verify Unit 22 MFB 2 (B2T) is energized 1._ 1._ Notify NotifY CR SRO on all units.

from from CT-4 CT-4 or or CT-5. CT-5. 2. EXIT this this enclosure. enclosure.

2. EXIT

26. Verify ES Channels I1 and 2 have actuated _ GO TO Step 28.

on any unit:

                         ./                            Unit Unit 1

22 33

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/AI18001001 EP/2/A/1 800/001 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SO Feed Feed Page Page 44 of21 of2l TI-uS PAGE INTENTJONALL THIS INTENTIONALLY Y BLANK

Enclosure 5.34 Enc10sure 5.34 EP/2/ All 800/00 EP/2/A/l 800/001I Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SG Feed Feed Page S5 of21 Page of2l E ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

27. NotifY

27. Notify affected affected Units Units CRO CR0 to to place place ES ES Load Shed Load Shed modules modules in MANUAL:

in MANUAL: V

     ./      V
             ./    V
                   ./

Ui VI U2 V2 U3 U3 ES Module ES Module LOAD SHED LOAD SHED & & STANDBY BKR STANDBY BKR 11 LOAD SHED SHED & & STANDBY BKR 2 STANDBYBKR2

28. _

Verify Load Shed has occurred on VerifY _ GO TO Step 30. Unit2. Unit 2. CR0 to reset Unit 2 MFB

29. Notify Unit 2 CRO Monitor Panel Load Shed circuitry circuitry by simultaneously pressing RESET on the following switches:

MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 11 RESET MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET

30. _

Verify Unit 2 MFB energized from 11. _

                                                     . IF Unit 22 MFB 2 (B2T) energized from CT-2.                                               CT-4.

CT-4, THEN notify notifY Unit 2 ofofthe the following: _Ensure CT-4 load is ~ 16 _ Ensure CT-4 16 MVA MV A by reducing loads as necessary. _ End Encl 5.! A (CT-4 Overload Limits) of S.IA of AP/21I1I (Recovery AP/2/l (Recovery FromFrom Loss Loss ofof Power) provides guidance guidance for load load limits limits on on CT-4. CT-4. 2.

2. IF Unit 22 MFB IF Unit MFB 22 (B2T)

(B2T) energized energized from CT-5, CT-5, THEN THEN notify notifY Unit Unit 22 of ofthe the following: following: Ensure CT-5 _Ensure load isis ~ 16 CT-Sload 16 MVA MVA by by reducing reducing loads loads as as necessary. necessary. End 5.1B (CT-5 _EnclS.1B Overload Limits) (CT-S Overload Limits) of of AP/21111 (Recovery AP/2/1 (Recovery FromFrom Loss Loss ofof Power) Power) provides provides guidance guidance forfor load load limits limits on on CT-5. CT-S. 3._ 3._ GO GO TO TO Step32. Step 32.

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure EP/2/A/18001001 EP/2/A/1800/oo1 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SC Feed Feed Page Page 60f21 6 of2l THIS PAGE TNTENTIONALL TENT1ONALLY Y BLANK

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EPl2/ All1800/001 EP/2/A/ 800/001 AJigning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SG Feed Feed Page 70f21 Page 7 of2l [ ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

31. Ensure Unit

31. Ensure Unit 22 loads loads as indicated on as indicated on CT2 CT2 Amps 4k Amps 4kV are within V are the following within the following initial initial limits:

limits: V

        ./      Unit 22 MFBs Unit     MFBs                     Limit Initial Limit Initial Supplied By Supplied    By CT-2 CT-2          (amps)

(amps) Both MFBs Both MFBs 3000

s; 3000 MFB 2 (B2T)

(B2T) only :s; 2350

32. _ OTS1-4 (DIESEL GEN Open OTSl-4 BREAKER).

33. _

Notify Unit 2 to close 4KV FDR BKR B2T-4 SSF 4KV SWGR OTSI-l.

34. Close OTS1-1 OTS1l (SSF NORMAL POWER SUPPLY BREAKER B2T).

35. _ OTSI-3 Close OTS 1-3 (SSF 600V OXSF FDR BKR CONTROL).

36. Notify Unit 2 to maintain load on transformer supplying power within the following limits:

        ./ Power Supply            Unit 2 Busses Supplied                           Limit CT-2                     Both MFBs                     3650 amps on CT2 Amps 4kV

s; 3650 CT-2 MFB 22 (B2T) only only 3000 amps on CT2 Amps 4kV

s; 3000 Per Per End 5.1 A (CT-4 Encl5.1A (CT-4 Overload Overload CT-4 CT-4 N/A Limits) of AP/21I 11 (Recovery of AP/2/1 (Recovery From From Loss Loss of of Power)

Power) Per End 5.IB (CT-5 PerEncl5.1B (CT-5 Overload Overload CT-5 CT-5 N/A N/A Limits) Limits) of AP/21I I1 (Recovery of AP/2/1 (Recovery From From Loss Loss of of Power) Power) 37.

37. _ Close Close 2CCW-268 2CCW-268 (SSF (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SGSG SUPPLY).

SUPPLY). 38.

38. _ Open Open 2CCW-287 2CCW-287 (SSF (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SGSG SUPPLY BLOCK).

SUPPLY BLOCK).

Enclosure5.34 Enclosure EP 121All 800/00 EP/2/A/1 1 800/001 AligningSSF Aligning SSF-ASW forSG

                 -ASW for   SC Feed Feed Page Page 88 of21 of2l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY TI-IIS        INTENTiONALLY BLANK

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/A/] EP/2/A/l 800/001 800/001 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SC Feed Feed Page 90f21 Page 9 of2l L ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

39. 39. _ Start SSF-ASW Start SSF-ASW Pump. Pump.

~ . . . . . . . . _ . _ . . . . . . . . . . _ _ *** _ _ *** _ _ _ _ . _ ..... _ .... _ . . . . . . . . . _ , . _ ***** _ . _ ******** _ *** _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ **** _ . . . . . . * ................._ .............._ ..... n ......................................... " . . . . . ._ ********** _ ............... .

40. 40. _ Notify Unit Notify Unit 22 CRO CR0 that that SSF-ASW SSF-ASW Pump isis operating Pump operating and and ready ready to to feed. feed.

41.41. _ IAAT IAA T the the CRO CR0 directs directs feeding, feeding, _ GOGO TO TO Step Step 46. 46. (including verifying (including verifying ability ability to feed feed via 2CCW-268), THEN perform THEN perform Steps Steps 42 42 - 45. - 45.

42. _ Verify feeding 2A SO is desired. _

GO TO Step 44.

43. _ Open 2CCW-269 (A Open (A STEAM STEAM OEN GEN FDW CONTROL). CONTROL).

44. _ Verify feeding 2B SO is desired. _

Close 2FDW-347 (B STEAM OEN GEN FDW CONTROL). CONTROL).

Enclosure5.34 Enclosure EP/21 AI1800100 1 EP/2/A/1800/OOl AligningSSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASWfor forSG SG Feed Feed Page 10 Page 10 of21 of 21 IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME: TIME: (41) the (41) the eRO CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align

                                 ...  (align valves valves and and feed) feed)

Enclosure5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/AI18001001 EP/2/A/1 800/001 AligningSSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for forSG Feed SG Feed Page Page II11 of21 of2l I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTIONIEXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED NOTE NOTE

 ** The The Control Control Room Room willwill specify specify flow flow rate.

rate. Once Once initiated, initiated, aa continuous continuous flow flow should should be be maintained to avoid unnecessary thermal maintained to avoid unnecessary thermal cycling of cycling EFDW nozzles. ofEFDW nozzles.

• 2CCW-268 (SSF
• 2CCW-268 (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SGSG SUPPLY)

SUPPLY) CANNOTCANNOT be be throttled throttled closed closed <13%.

                                                                                                    <13%. WhenWhen throttling   closed,   a  limit  switch  closes    the throttling closed, a limit switch closes the valve v,-henvalve when itit reaches reaches 13%

13% open. open. 2CCW-268 2CCW-268 will will initially open initially open toto 15% before throttling 15% before throttling can occur through can occur through 100%. 100%.

45. Throttle the

45. Tlu'ottle the following following as required to as required obtain to obtain the specified the specified flow flow NOTNOT to exceed total to exceed total flow limit for all three units flow limit for all three units per Table 11 per Table below:

below: 2CCW-268 2CCW-268 (SSF ASWP (SSF ASWP TO SG SUPPLY) SG SUPPLY) 2CCW-410 2CCW-410 (SSF ASW PUMP TO S/G SUPPL SUPPLY Y BYPASS) (SSF basement catwalk) Table 1I Total SSF-ASW Flow Limits

• Time since Rx shutdown s 11 1w: hr: s 1275 total SSF-ASW flow to all three units
• Time since Rx shutdown> 1I hr: s 1000 total SSF-ASW flow to all three units 46.

46. _ IAAT IAAT both both SGs SGs are being fed, AND balancing flow between SGs is desired, desired, THEN THEN adjust the the following as required:

required: 2CCW-269 2CCW-269 (A (A STEAM STEAM GEN GEN FDW FDW CONTROL) CONTROL) _ 2FDW-347 2FDW-347 (B (B STEAM STEAM GEN GEN FDW FDW CONTROL) CONTROL)

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP121AI 18001001 EP/2/A!l800 /ool Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SG Feed Feed Page Page 12 12 of21 of2l IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME: TIME: (41) the (4]) the eRO CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align (align valves valves and and feed) feed) (46) both (46) both SGs SGs are being fed are being fed AND AND balancing balancing flow flow between between SGs SGs isis desired desired ... (balance

                                                                                    .. (balance flows) flows)

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EPl2/ All 800/00 EP/2/A/1 1 800/001 AligningSSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASWfor forSG Feed SG Feed Page 13 Page 13 of21 of2l I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAiNED

47. _

47. IAAT SSF-ASW IAAT SSF-ASW feed feed isis no no longer longer required, required, THEN THEN closeclose the following:

the following: 2CCW-268 2CCW-268 (SSF ASWP (SSF ASWP TO TO SG SG SUPPLY) SUPPLY) 2CCW-4l0 2CCW-410 (SSFASWPU (SSF ASW PUMP MPTOS/G TO S/G SUPPLY BYPASS) SUPPLY BYPASS) 2CCW-287 (SSF 2CCW-287 (SSF ASWP ASWP TO TO SG SG SUPPLY SUPPLY BLOCK) 2CCW-269 (A STEAM GEN FDW CONTROL) CONTROL) NOTE Remaining plant actions need only be performed by one unit. Each unit has this enclosure in their Remaining plant EOP and remaining EOP and remaining actions are identical in all enclosures. Determination Determination of which unit unit should take the lead the lead in in performing performing these actions should be based on the number of units perfonning performing this enclosure and manpower availability. enclosure

48. _

48. Determine which unit will perform the Determine remaining remaining actions of this enclosure.

49.

49. _ Verify Verify Unit II or 33 will perform _ GO TO Step 551.

1. remaining remaining actions. 50.

50. _ WHEN Station Station Management approves, THEN THEN EXITEXIT this enclosure.

                                                   . . . END.. .
                                                   - - -END- --

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/A/18001001 EP/2/A/1 800/001 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SG Feed Feed Page Page 14 14 of21 of2l IF AT IF AT ANY ANY TIME: TIME: (41) the (41) the eRO CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align (align valves valves and and feed) feed) (46) both (46) both SGs SGs are being fed are being fed AND AND balancing balancing flow flow between between SGs SOs isis desired desired ... (balance (balance flows) flows) (47) SSF-ASW (47) SSF-ASW feed feed isis no no longer longer required required ... (close (close valves) valves)

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EPl21 EPI2IA/I800 All 800100 /ool 1 AligningSSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for forSG SC Feed Feed Page Page 15 15 of21 of2I I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED j 1 Unit Status Unit Status i l Unit 2 has taken the lead to perform the remaining steps in this enclosure. . l .. _. __ .. _ .. _ .. _____ ._ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. __ ._ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. __ . __ ._ .. _,._ .. _. __ . _____ .. _. ________ .. _ .. _ .. __ ,_ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. ____ .. _. __ .. ____ .. _ .. __ ._ .. _ .. _ .. ____ .. _ .. ________ ._ .. _ .. ____ .. _. __ .) NOTE NOTE Diversion of Diversion ofSSF SSF Diesel Diesel Service Service Water Water discharge discharge to to the the yard yard drain drain must must be be completed completed between between hour and 11 hour and 45 45 minutesminutes and and 22 hours hours of ofEmergency Emergency Start Start of of SSF SSF Diesel Diesel Generator. Generator. 51.

51. IAAT IAA T 11 hour hour and and 45 45 minutesminutes have have elapsed since elapsed since Emergency Emergency Start Start of of SSF SSF Diesel Diesel Generator, Generator, THEN perform THEN perform the the following:

following: A. _ A. Open CCW-384 Open CC W-3 84 (JACKET COOLiNG WATER TO YARD COOLING DRAIN ISOLATION) DRAIN ISOLATION) (SSF DIG D/G Rm. SW of B 13 Diesel). B. Close CCW-286 (SSF DIESEL COOLING JACKET RETURN) (D/G Pump Rm). (DIG C. C. Throttle CCW-285 (SSF DIESEL SERVICE WATER PUMP DISCHARG DISCHARGE) E) to maintain 500 gpm through D/G DIG (D/G (DIG Pump Rrn). Rm). 52.

52. IAAT IAAT SSF Control Room temperature exceeds exceeds 85°F, THEN THEN perform one one of of the the following:

_ Notify Notify TSC TSC to to install install portable portable spot spot coolers coolers OR OR Remove Remove power power from from SSF SSF SecuritySecmity Computer Computer as as follows: follows: A. A. _ Notify Notify Security Security that that power power will be removed will be removed from the from the SSF Security SSF Security Computer. Computer. B. B. _ Notify Notify Local Local Information InfOlmation Technology Technology (LIT) (LIT) to to remove remove power power from from the the SSF SSF SecuritySecurity Computer Computerto to reduce reduceheat heat load. load.

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP /2/A/ 1800/00 EP/21A/l800 /oolI Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG Feed SG Feed Page 16 Page 16 of21 of 21 AT ANY IF AT IF TIME: ANY TIME: (41) the eRO (41) the CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align (align valves valves and and feed) feed) (46) both (46) jj SGs are being SGs are being fed fed AND AND balancing balancing flow flow between between SGs SGs is desired ... (balance is desired (balance flo\-\'s) flows) (47) SSF-ASW feed (47) SSF-ASW feed is no no longer longer required required ... (close

                                             ...  (close valves)

(51) 11 hour and 45 minutes have elapsed since Emergency Stmi (5]) Start of SSF SSF Diesel Generator) ... (divert SSF diesel cooling water to yard drain) (52) SSF Control Room temperature exceeds 85°F ... (notify... (notify SPOC or remove power)

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/AI18001001 EPI2/A/l800/ool Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW forfor SG SC Feed Feed Page Page 17 17 of21 of 21 [ ACTION/EX ACT] ONIEXPECTED PECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

53. _

53. Notify I&E Notify I&E and Maintenance to and Maintenance to PREPARE the PREPARE dedicated submersible the dedicated submersible pump for installation pump for installation in Unit 22 CCW in Unit CCW piping per piping per AMIOI AM/0/A/1 300/059 (Pump-AI13001059 (Pump Submersible- Emergency Submersible- Emergency SSF SSF Water Water Supply-Installation).

Supply-Installation).

54. _

54. Verify SSF Verify diesel operating.

SSF diesel operating. _ GO TO GO TO Step Step 57. 57.

55. _

55. Maintain DIG D/G operation within the the fifollowing o11 owmg . rlimits:

11111't s: Parameter Limits DIG Power 3500 KW DIG Current 610 amps continuous 650 amps for << 2 hrs D/G Voltage DIG 4350 volts continuous 4500 volts for < 2 hrs DIG Frequency 59.8 - 60.2

                                              - 602 Hz1-lz

56. _ Verify DIG SER WTR PMP FLOW _ CCW -285 Dispatch an operator to throttle CCW-285

500 gpm. (SSF DIESEL SERVICE WATER PUMP DISCHARGE)

DISCHARG E) to maintain 500 gpm through the Diesel Engine (SSF Pump Room). 57.

57. _ Verify Verify y any station CCW CCW pump pump is in _ Establish Establish local continuous monitoring of of operation.

operation. flow from CCW-8. CCW-8. 58.

58. IAAT IAA T either either of of the the following are are observed:

observed: _ fl All station station CCW CCW pumps pumps areare off offwith with NO NO flow flow atat CCW-8. CCW-8. _ Unit Unit 22 CCW CCW Condenser Condenser Inlet Inlet piping piping isis isolated isolated from from Lake Lake Keowee Keowee and and from from the the other other units. units. THEN THEN GO GO TO TO Step Step 60. 60. 59.

59. _ WHEN WHEN Station Station Management Management approves, approves, THEN EXIT THEN EXIT this enclosure.this enclosure.

                                                             .* .* .* END...

END ***

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/ A/I 800/00 EP/2/A/l800 /oolI Aligning SSF Aligning SSF-ASW

                                                  -ASW for for SG  Feed SG Feed              Page Page 18 18 of21 of2l IF AT IF AT ANY    TIME:

ANY TIME: (41) the (41) the CRO CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align valves and (align valves and feed) feed) (46) both (46) both SGs SOs are are being being fed fed AND balancing flow AND balancing flow between between SGs SGs is desired ... (balance is desired (balance flows) flows) (47) SSF-ASW (47) SSF-ASW feed feed is is no no longer required ... (close (close valves) (51) 11 hour hour and 45 minutes have elapsed since Emergency Start Start of SSF Diesel Generator) ... (divert SSF diesel cooling water to yard drain) (52) SSF Control Room temperature exceeds 85°F ... (notify SPOC or remove power)

Enclosure5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/AIl800/001 EP/2/A/l800/ool AligningSSF Aligning SSF-ASW

                                                                                                                                                                  -ASW for forSG    Feed SG Feed            Page Page 1919 of21 of2l F                      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ACTION/EXPECTED                                                                              RESPONSE                                                      RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE        NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

~ .. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. --.-.. -.. -.. --.-.. -.. -.. -.. _.. _.. _.. _.. _.. _---'._."_ .. _.. _.. -.... -.. _.. _.. _--_ .. _-.-.--.-_ .. _.. _-.-.. _.. _.. _---.. __ .-.. -.. -.. -.. ----.. - .. ----.. - .. -.. ---_ .. -.'! Unit Status Unit Status  ! i '60:~-~-~;::i~~~:~~;;~;C~i

60.

gravity/siphon flow: CCW forced flow and CCW gravity/siphon flow has been lost. Record time of loss ofg~~~~;~~i~}rl~~Sl~hon~~~h~s.~e_e~!~st CCW forced and _ _:*.~._. -._._. *. _. _. -i NOTE NOTE The Dedicated The Dedicated Submersible Submersible Pump Pump must must be be installed installed and and started started within within 33 hours hours and and 20 20 minutes minutes of of loss of loss of both both forced forced and and gravity/siphon gravity/siphon flow flow on the Unit on the Unit 22 CCW CCW System. System.

61. _

61. Notify I&E Notify I&E and and Maintenance Maintenance to to installinstall dedicated submersible dedicated submersible pump pump in in Unit Unit 22 CCW piping per AM/O/ AM/U/A/I All 300/059 3 00/059 (Pump-Submersible- Emergency SSF (Pump-Submersible- SSF Water Supply-Installation). Supply-Installation).

62.

62. JAAT IAA T I&E 1&E and Maintenance have _

GO TO Step 66. completed installation of dedicated submersible pump, submersible THEN perform Steps 63 - 65 65.. 63.

63. Rack in and close OXSF-4D (SUBMERS (SUBMERSIBLE IBLE PUMP BKR)

(SSF Electrical Equipment Rm). 64.

64. _ Close CCW-RS-00 CCW-RS-OOIO 10 (SUBMERS(SUBMERSIBLE IBLE PUMP REMOTE STARTER BKR)

(Outside SSF SSF CR). CR). 65.

65. Start Start dedicated dedicated submersible submersible pump pump using using switch on switch on remote starter breaker remote starter breaker (Outside (Outside SSF SSF CR). CR).

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/A/18001001 EP/2/A/l 800/00 1 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG Feed SG Feed Page Page 20 20 of21 of 2 IF AT IF AT ANY TIME: ANY TIME: ((41) the CRO

41) the CR0 directs directs feeding feeding ... (align

                                 ...        valves and (align valves       feed) and feed)

(46) both (46) both SGs SOs are are being fed AND being fed balancing flow AND balancing flow between between SGs SGs isis desired desired ... (balance (balance flovv's) flows) (47) SSF-ASW feed (47) SSF-ASW feed is no longer is no longer required required ... (close (close valves) (51) 11 hour and 45 minutes have elapsed since Emergency Start ofSSF of SSF Diesel Generator) ... (divert SSF diesel cooling water to yard drain) (52) SSF Control Room temperature exceeds 85°F ... (notify SPOC or remove power) 1&E and Maintenance have completed installation of dedicated submersible pump ... (start (62) I&E - pump)

Enclosure 5.34 Enclosure 5.34 EP/2/A/l 800/001 EP/2/AI1800/001 Aligning SSF-ASW Aligning SSF-ASW for for SG SG Feed Feed Page Page 21 21 of2] of2l ACTION/EXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED

66. _

66. IAAT dedicated IAAT dedicated submersible submersible pump pump isis _

GO GO TOTO Step Step 69. 69. instal led, installed, AND CANNOT be AND CANNOT be operated, operated, THEN notify THEN Control Room notify Control Room to to perform perform Steps 67 Steps and 68. 67 and 68.

67. _

67. Verify Unit 22 CCWCCW piping piping intact.

intact. 1. _

                                                        .            TSC to Notify TSC  to determine determine method method of of supplying suction to supplying suction to SSF-ASW.

SSF-ASW. 2._ GO TO Step Step69. 69.

68. _

Dispatch an operator to perform End 5.5 (Supply of Water To SSF) of Encl AP/0/25 (Standby Shutdown Facility AP/O/25 Emergency Operating Procedure).

69. _

WHEN Station Management approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

                                            *..**. END END..   ***.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK NLO-700 NLO-700 fnlfnl Page Page 11 of of 99 REGION II EXAMINATION INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE NLO-700 Restoration of les ICS AUTO Power CANDIDATE EXAMINER

NLO-700 fnl NLO-700 fnl Page Page 22 of of 99 REGION IIII REGION INITIAL LICENSE INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MEASURE Task: Restoration of Restoration of ICS Power CS AUTO Power Path: Alternate Path: Yes JPM #: Facility JPM NNLO-700 LO-700 KIA Rating(s): System: APE BW/A02 KIA: K/A: AK3.2 Rating: 3.7/4.0 Task Standard: ICS AUTO power is restored per AP/23, Loss of ICS Power. Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant _-,-,X,,-_ X Perform _ _ Simulate _X_ X

References:

AP/23 (Loss of ICS Power) Enclosure 5.2 (Restoration of ICS CS AUTO Power) Validation Time: 16 minutes Time Critical: NO

=======================================================================

Candidate: Time Start: - - - - NAME Time Finish: _ _ __ Performance Rating: SAT ___ UNSAT _ __ Performance Time: - - - - Examiner: Examiner: _________________ / NAME SIGNATURE DATE

=======================================================================

COMMENTS

NLO-700 fnl Page Page 3 of9 of 9 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: NONE

NLO-700 fnl NLO-700 fnl Page4of9 Page 4 of 9 TTools/EguipmentlProcedures ools/Eg uipment/Proced ures Needed:Needed: AP/23 (Loss (Loss of ICS ICS Power) Power) Enclosure Enclosure 5.2 (Restoration (Restoration of ICS ICS AUTO Power) Power) READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE: II will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. II will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet II provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Unit 1I operating at 100% power 1I SA-2/8-11 SA-21B-I I (ICS AUTO POWER FAILURE) is actuated INITIATING CUES: The Control Room SRO directs you to use AP/23 (Loss of ICS Power) Enclosure 5.2 (Restoration of ICS AUTO Power) to restore ICS AUTO power on Unit 1.

NLO-700 NLO-700 fnl fnl Page 5 of 9 Page5of9 START TIME: START TIME: _ __ STEP 1: STEP 1: Step 11 Step Verify the Verify the following following breakers breakers closed closed (Unit (Unit 11 Cable Cable Rm): Rm):

                 ** 11 KRA breaker #1 (100A  (1 OOA 1I P, POWER POWER PANELBOARD 11 KI) K!)   - SAT SAT
                **    11 KI K! BREAKER #1 (30A 11 P, AUTO POWER (ICS))
                                                                                        - UNSAT U N SAT STANDARD:       Locate 11 KRA panel board and breaker #1 and verify it is closed.

Cue: Inform candidate that 1KRA IKRA breaker #1 is CLOSED. Locate 1I KI panel board and breaker #1 and verify it is closed. In form candidate that 1IKI Cue: Inform KI breaker #1 is tripped OPEN. Continue Step 11 RNO. COMMENTS: STEP 2: Step 1 1 RNO Reset and close the affected breakers (Unit 1 1 Cable Rm):

                                                                                        - SAT A. 1 KI BREAKER #1 (30A 1 1                            1 P, AUTO POWER (ICS))

STANDARD: Reset and close 1 1K! KI BREAKER #1 by taking the breaker to the open UNSAT position and then closing it. Cue: In form candidate that 1 Inform 1K! KI BREAKER #1 tripped open when re-closed. Continue to Step 2. COMMENTS:

NLO-700 NLO-700 fnl fnl Page Page 66 of of 99 ALTERNATE PATH ALTERNATE PATH STEP 3: STEP 3: Step 22 Step

                                                                                       -   SAT SAT Notify Unit Notify   Unit 11 CR CR to to verify verify ICS CS AUTO AUTO power power has has been been restored restored as as indicated by indicated         SA-21B-1 I (ICS by 11 SA-2/8-11   (ICS AUTO AUTO POWER POWER FAILURE)

FAILURE) off. off.

                                                                                       -   UNSAT STANDARD:       Notify Unit 11 CR via phone or radio to verify ICS Notify                                           CS AUTO power has been restored as indicated by 11 SA-2/8-11 SA-2/B-1 1 (ICS AUTO POWER FAILURE) off.

ISA-2/B-11 (ICS AUTO POWER FAILURE) is actuated. Cue: Inform candidate that 1SA-2IB-11 Continue to Step 2 RNO. COMMENTS: STEP4: STEP 4: Step2RNO Step 2 RNO IF ICS AUTO power has NOT been restored, THEN bypass 1I KI inverter as follows (Unit 11 Equip Rm):

                                                                                       -   SAT STANDARD:      Determine ICS AUTO power has NOT been restored by actuation of 1SA-2/B-1 1 (ICS AUTO POWER FAILURE) in previous step 1SA-2/8-11 UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 5: Step 22 RNO A CRITICAL TASK A. Open SW#1 (left switch).

                                                                                       -   SAT STANDARD:     Opens SW#1 (left switch).

Cue: Inform candidate that SW#1 is open. - UNSAT COMMENTS: COMMENTS:

NLO-700 fnl Page Page 7 of9 of 9 STEP 6: Step 2 RNO RNO B CRITICAL TASK B. Open SW#3 (right switch).

                                                                                             -   SAT STANDARD:      Opens SW#3 (right switch).

In form candidate that SW#3 is open. Cue: Inform - UNSAT COMMENTS: STEP 7: Step 2 RNO C CRITICAL TASK C. Close SW#2 (center switch).

                                                                                             -  SAT STANDARD:      Closes SW#2 (center switch).

Cue: Inform candidate that SW#2 is closed.

                                                                                             -   UNSAT Continue to Step 3.

COMMENTS: STEP 8: Step 3 Notify Unit 1 I CR that all ali applicable steps of this enclosure have been completed. - SAT STANDARD: Using aa phone or radio, Notify Unit 1 1 CR that all ali applicable steps of this enclosure have been completed. - UNSAT Cue: Inform candidate that the Control Room has been notified. COMMENTS: END TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

NLO-700 fnl Page 8 of 9 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS: STEP # Explanation 5 Step is required in proper sequence to align power to the 1 1 KI bus. 6 Step is required in proper sequence to align power to the 1 I KI bus. 7 Step is required in proper sequence to align power to the 1 1 KI bus.

NLO-700 fnl Page 9 of 9 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS: Unit 11 operating at 100% power 1ISA-2/B-1 SA-2/8-111 (ICS (lOS AUTO POWER FAILURE) is actuated INITIATING CUES: AP123 (Loss of ICS The Control Room SRO directs you to use AP/23 lOS Power) Enclosure 5.2 (Restoration of ICS lOS AUTO Power) to restore ICS AUTO power on Unit 1.

Enclosure Enclosure 5.2 5.2 All 7001023 AP/1/AJl700/o23 AP/11 Restoration Restoration ofICS AUTO Power of ICS AUTO Power Page 11 of Page of 11 ACTIONIEXPECTED ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT NOT OBTAINED OBTAINED 7

1. Verify the following breakers closed (Unit 11 Reset and close the Reset the affected breakers (Unit 1I Rm):

Cable Rm): Cable Rm): Cable Rm): lKRAbreaker#1 _ IKRA (100A IP, breaker #1 (lOOA 1P,POWER POWER _ lKRAbreaker#1 IKRA breaker #1 (lOOA IP, POWER (100A1P,POWER PANELBOARD IKI) PANELBOARD IKI) 1KI) _ IKI1KI breaker #1 (30A IP, 1P, AUTO _ IKI breaker #1 (30A IP,1P, AUTO POWER POWER (ICS)) (ICS))

2. _ Notify Unit 11 CR to verify ICS AUTO _ IF rcs ICS AUTO power has NOT NOT been power has been restored as indicated by restored, SA-2/B- 11 (ICS AUTO POWER 11 SA-2/B-II THEN bypass 11 KI inverter as follows FAILURE) off. (Unit 1I Equip Rm):

A. _ SW#1 (left switch). Open SW#I B. _ Open SW#3 (right switch). C. Close SW#2 (center switch).

3. _

Notify Unit 11 CR that all applicable steps of this enclosure have been completed.

                                       . . . FNI)   . . .}}